COMDIAL CORP
S-2, 1995-06-28
TELEPHONE & TELEGRAPH APPARATUS
Previous: U S TRUST CORP, 11-K, 1995-06-28
Next: COMDIAL CORP, PRES14A, 1995-06-28




<PAGE>
    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 28, 1995
                                                      Registration No. _______


 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                 --------------
                                    FORM S-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                   UNDER THE
                             SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 --------------
                             Comdial Corporation
            (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)


   Delaware (State or other                            94-2443673 (IRS
  jurisdiction of in corporation or                       Employer
        organization)                                  Identification No.)

                                 --------------

                              1180 Seminole Trail
                        Charlottesville, Virginia 22901
                                 (804) 978-2200
               (Address, including zip code and telephone number,
        including area code of Registrant's principal executive offices)

                                Wayne R. Wilver
                                   Secretary
                              Comdial Corporation
                              1180 Seminole Trail
                        Charlottesville, Virginia 22901
                                 (804) 978-2200
            (Name, address, including zip code and telephone number,
                   including area code of agent for service)

                                 --------------
                                   Copies to:


        Robert E. Stroud, Esq.                        Joel I. Papernik, Esq.
 McGuire, Woods, Battle & Boothe, L.L.P.           Squadron, Ellenoff, Plesent, 
      418 East Jefferson Street                       Sheinfeld & Sorkin, LLP
    P.O. Box 1288 Charlottesville,                        551 Fifth Avenue  
         Virginia 22902-1288                          New York, New York 10176
          (804) 977-2500                                   (212) 661-6500

                                 --------------

         Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as
  practical after this Registration Statement becomes effective.


   If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the  Securities  Act of
1993 check the following box. [ ]

   If the  Registrant  elects to deliver  its latest  annual  report to security
holders or a complete and legible facsimile  thereof,  pursuant to Item 11(a)(1)
of this Form, check the following box. [ ]
                                 --------------
                     CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE (1)


 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Proposed           Proposed
Title of Each Class of                            Maximum            Maximum            Amount of
Securities to be             Amount to be      Offering Price       Aggregate          Registration
Registered                   Registered (2)     per Share (3)    Offering Price (3)        Fee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>                  <C>             <C>                   <C>
Common Stock ..............  10,350,000           $ 3.97          $41,089,500           $14,168.79
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>



(1) Does not reflect the effect of a proposed one-for-three reverse stock split.

                             
(2) Includes  1,350,000 shares that the Underwriters  have an option to purchase
    from the Selling Stockholder to cover over-allotments, if any which does not
    reflect the effect of a proposed one-for-three reverse stock split.


(3) Estimated  solely  for the  purpose  of  determining  the  registration  fee
    pursuant to Rule 457 of the Securities Act of 1933.
</TABLE>


   The  Registrant  hereby  amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  Registration  Statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.

 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


 
<PAGE>
                             COMDIAL CORPORATION
                            CROSS REFERENCE SHEET


                   Pursuant to Item 501(b) of Regulation S-K
           Showing Location in Prospectus of Part I Items of Form S-2


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               Item and Heading in Form S-2                                             
                  Registration Statement                                 Location in Prospectus
                  ----------------------                                 ----------------------
<S>       <C>                                                 <C>
1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and   
     Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus                  Cover Pages of Registration Statement and  Prospectus
                                                                  
2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages                                          
     Of Prospectus.........................................   Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Page of Prospectus
3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and  Ratio of
    Earnings to Fixed Charges..............................   Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
4.  Use of Proceeds........................................   Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds
5.  Determination of Offering Price........................   Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus;
                                                              Underwriting
6.  Dilution...............................................   Not Applicable
7.  Selling Security Holders...............................   Principal and Selling Stockholders
8.  Plan of Distribution...................................   Outside Front and Inside Front Cover Page of
                                                              Prospectus; Price Range of Common Stock;
                                                              Dividend Policy Underwriting; Outside Back Cover Page
                                                              of Prospectus; 
9.  Description of Securities to be Registered.............   Description of Capital Stock
10. Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.................   Experts
11. Information with Respect to the Registrant.............   Outside Front Cover Page; Price Range of Common
                                                              Stock; Dividend Policy; Capitalization; Selected
                                                              Historical Financial Data; Management's Discussion
                                                              and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
                                                              Operations; Business; Index to Consolidated
                                                               Financial Statements
                                        
12. Incorporation of Certain Information by                                                  
      Reference............................................   Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference
13. Disclosure of Commission Position on
      Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities.......   Description of Capital Stock
</TABLE>

                                1

<PAGE>
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 28, 1995


                               3,000,000 Shares


 #############################################################################

                                IMAGE OMITTED
                               (COMDIAL LOGO)
 #############################################################################


                                 Common Stock

   Of the 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby,  1,000,000 shares are
being sold by Comdial Corporation (the "Company") and 2,000,000 shares are being
sold by a selling stockholder (the "Selling Stockholder").  The Company will not
receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the Selling Stockholder.

   The Common Stock is included for trading on the Nasdaq  National Market under
the symbol  "CMDL." The Board of  Directors  of the Company has  authorized  and
submitted to the  stockholders  for  approval on July 28, 1995, a  one-for-three
reverse stock split of the Company's  Common Stock,  to be effective on the date
of this Prospectus.  Except as otherwise indicated, all share and per share data
herein have been adjusted to reflect such reverse stock split. On June 27, 1995,
the closing price of the Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq  National Market
was $4 7/16 per share,  or the  equivalent  of $13 5/16 per share as adjusted to
reflect the reverse stock split. See "Price Range of Common Stock."

   For a discussion  of certain  material  factors that should be  considered in
connection with an investment in the Common Stock, see "Risk Factors" commencing
on page 6 hereof.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
    PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THE PROSPECTUS. ANY
            REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


                               ------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Underwriting
                Price to      Discounts and      Proceeds to      Proceeds to Selling
                Public        Commissions (1)    Company (2)      Stockholder (2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>           <C>                <C>              <C>  
Per Share ....  $             $                  $                $
Total (3) ....  $             $                  $                $
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>

(1) The  Company  has  agreed to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
    liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933,
    as amended. See "Underwriting."


(2) Before deducting  offering expenses  estimated to be approximately $ payable
    by the Company and approximately $ payable by the Selling Stockholder.


(3) The Selling  Stockholder has granted to the  Underwriters a 30-day option to
    purchase up to 450,000  additional  shares of Common  Stock  solely to cover
    over-allotments,  if any,  on the same  terms and  conditions  as the shares
    offered  hereby.  If such option is  exercised  in full,  the total Price to
    Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions,  and Proceeds to the Selling
    Stockholder will be $ , $ and $ , respectively. See "Underwriting."
</TABLE>

   The shares of Common  Stock are  offered by the  several  Underwriters  named
herein,  subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to
reject  any order in whole or in part.  It is  expected  that  delivery  of such
shares  will be made at the  offices of Rodman & Renshaw,  Inc.,  New York,  New
York, on or about ________ __, 1995.

                            Rodman & Renshaw, Inc.

               The date of this Prospectus is _____ ___, 1995.
<PAGE>
                            AVAILABLE INFORMATION


   The Company is subject to the  informational  requirements  of the Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and in  accordance
therewith files periodic reports,  proxy statements,  and other information with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission").  Such reports,  proxy
statements,  and other  information  can be  inspected  and copied at the public
reference  facilities  maintained  by the  Commission  at Room  1024,  450 Fifth
Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's Regional Offices
at 7 World Trade Center,  Suite 1300,  New York, New York,  10048;  and 500 West
Madison Street,  Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois,  60611. Copies of such material
can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission,  Room 1024,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. In addition,
copies of such reports,  proxy statements,  and other information concerning the
Company may also be inspected  and copied at the library of the Nasdaq  National
Market, 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006, upon which the Common Stock
of the Company is listed.

   The Company has filed with the  Commission a  Registration  Statement on Form
S-2 (herein,  together  with all  amendments  and  exhibits,  referred to as the
"Registration  Statement")  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended (the
"Securities  Act"),  with respect to the Common Stock being offered  pursuant to
this Prospectus.  This Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth
in the Registration Statement,  certain parts of which are omitted in accordance
with the rules and  regulations  of the  Commission.  For  further  information,
reference  is  hereby  made to the  Registration  Statement  and  the  documents
incorporated  herein by reference  which may be examined  without  charge at the
public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth
Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549. Copies thereof may be obtained from the
Commission  upon payment of the prescribed  fees.  Statements  contained in this
Prospectus  or in  any  document  incorporated  herein  by  reference  as to the
contents  of any  contract  or  document  referred  to herein or therein are not
necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such
contract or document filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement or such
other  document,  each such  statement  being  qualified in all respects by such
reference.


              INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

   The following  documents filed with the Commission (File No. 0-9023) pursuant
to the Exchange Act are incorporated herein by reference:


1.  The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the fiscal year ended December
    31, 1994 excluding financial  statements which are included elsewhere herein
    and  which  have  been   restated  to  reflect  the  effect  of  a  proposed
    one-for-three reverse stock split;

2.  The Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 2,
    1995 excluding financial  statements which are included elsewhere herein and
    which have been  restated to reflect the effect of a proposed  one-for-three
    reverse stock split;

3.  The  Company's  Proxy  Statement  dated April 4, 1995  relating to an Annual
    Meeting of Stockholders held April 27, 1995; and

4.  The  Company's  Proxy  Statement  dated June 28, 1995  relating to a Special
    Meeting of Stockholders to be held on July 28, 1995.

   Any statement contained in a document  incorporated by reference herein shall
be deemed to be modified or superseded  for purposes of this  Prospectus and the
Registration  Statement  of which it is a part to the  extent  that a  statement
contained  herein or in any other  subsequently  filed  document  which  also is
incorporated  herein  modifies or supersedes  such  statement.  Any statement so
modified  or  superseded  shall  not be  deemed,  in  its  unmodified  form,  to
constitute a part of this Prospectus or such Registration Statement.

   The Company will provide,  without charge,  upon written or oral request from
any person to whom a copy of the  Prospectus is delivered,  a copy of any of the
documents  incorporated  herein by reference in this  Prospectus,  not including
exhibits  to such  documents.  Such  requests  should  be  directed  to  Comdial
Corporation, 1180 Seminole Trail, Charlottesville, VA 22901, Attention: Wayne R.
Wilver, telephone (804) 978-2200.

   IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE  UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT
A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT WHICH  MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL  IN THE OPEN  MARKET.  SUCH
TRANSACTIONS   MAY  BE  EFFECTED  ON  THE  NASDAQ   NATIONAL   MARKET,   IN  THE
OVER-THE-COUNTER  MARKET OR OTHERWISE.  SUCH STABILIZING,  IF COMMENCED,  MAY BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME. IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS
AND SELLING GROUP MEMBERS (IF ANY) OR THEIR RESPECTIVE  AFFILIATES MAY ENGAGE IN
PASSIVE MARKET MAKING  TRANSACTIONS  IN THE COMMON STOCK ON NASDAQ IN ACCORDANCE
WITH RULE 10b-6A UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
<PAGE>
ACT OF 1934. SEE "UNDERWRITING."


   COMDIAL(Registered Trademark), DigiTech(Registered Trademark), DXP(Registered
Trademark),  HoTelephone(Registered Trademark),  InnTouch(Registered Trademark),
Enterprise(Trademark),    Enterprise    for    Telephoney   Services(Trademark),
ExecuMail(Trademark), ExecuTech(Trademark), Impact(Trademark) QuickQ(Trademark),
Scout(Trademark),  Solo(Trademark),  Tracker(Trademark),  Unisyn(Trademark), and
Voice  Express(Trademark)  are trademarks of the Company.  This  Prospectus also
contains trademarks and trade names of other companies.


                                
<PAGE>
                                
                                









 #############################################################################

                                 IMAGES OMITTED
                           SCEMATIC TELEPHONE SYSTEM
 #############################################################################

<PAGE>


















 #############################################################################

                                 IMAGES OMITTED
                          PICTURES OF COMDIAL PRODUCTS
                          PLACED RANDOMLY ON THE PAGE
 #############################################################################



















                                       
<PAGE>
                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


   The following summary should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in
its  entirety  by,  the  more  detailed  information  and  financial  statements
(including  the  notes  thereto)  appearing  elsewhere  in this  Prospectus  and
incorporated  herein by reference.  Unless otherwise  indicated,  all share, per
share,  and financial  information set forth herein  reflects the  one-for-three
reverse stock split of the Company's Common Stock to be effective on the date of
this Prospectus and assumes a public  offering price of $13 5/16 per share,  and
no  exercise  of the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option.  Unless the context
requires  otherwise,  references in this  Prospectus  to the "Company"  refer to
Comdial Corporation, its subsidiaries, and predecessors.


                                 The Company


   The Company designs, manufactures, and markets small to medium sized business
telecommunications systems which support up to approximately 200 telephones. The
Company believes that it is a leading supplier to this market, with an installed
base  estimated  to be in excess of  200,000  telephone  systems  and  2,000,000
telephones. The Company's products include digital and analog telephone switches
and telephones, as well as a wide range of product enhancements to the Company's
telephone  systems.  The Company's  recent growth has occurred  principally as a
result of digital telephone systems  introduced by the Company since 1992. These
digital  products  provide  end  users  with the  ability  to  utilize  evolving
telecommunications technologies, including those arising from the convergence of
telephone systems and computers, or computer-telephony integration ("CTI").

   The  Company's  business  strategy  is to maintain  its  position in its core
business of  delivering  advanced  telecommunications  systems by  continuing to
expand its  distribution  network,  targeting  organizations  requiring small to
medium  sized  telecommunications  systems,  and  providing  a  broad  range  of
products.  In addition,  the Company's growth strategy includes expansion of its
international  markets and  furthering  its position as a leader in the emerging
market for CTI system solutions.

   As  a  result  of  this  business  strategy,   the  Company  has  experienced
substantial  increases  in net  sales  and net  income  since  1993.  Net  sales
increased 11.6% from $69.1 million in 1993 to $77.1 million in 1994.  Similarly,
net sales  increased  26.5% from $17.6  million in the first  quarter of 1994 to
$22.3  million in the first  quarter of 1995.  Net income  applicable  to common
stock before  extraordinary  items  increased 25.7% from $2.4 million in 1993 to
$3.0 million in 1994,  and 113.6% from $0.5 million in the first quarter of 1994
to $1.1 million in the first quarter of 1995.

   The Company has  established an extensive  two-tiered  distribution  network,
whereby the Company sells its products to wholesale  supply houses which in turn
sell the Company's products to approximately  7,400 independent  dealers.  These
dealers market the Company's products to small to medium sized organizations and
divisions of larger  organizations.  The Company's sales force seeks to recruit,
train,  and support dealers to facilitate and encourage  dealers'  promotion and
sale of the Company's products. This distribution network enables the Company to
virtually  eliminate  bad debt  exposure  and  minimize  administration,  credit
checking,  sales expenses,  and finished goods inventory levels, while achieving
broad  geographic  penetration and access to some of the fastest growing markets
in the country.  In  addition,  this dealer  network  assures end users of local
sales  representation,  maintenance,  support,  and  ready  availability  of the
Company's products.

   The Company is positioning  itself as a leader in the rapidly  growing market
for CTI  applications by supporting  recently  established  industry  standards,
promoting  third-party  software  developers,  and designing several new systems
using CTI applications.  According to trade sources,  since 1994 the Company has
been among the first  manufacturers  to produce a product  which was  compatible
with the Telephony Services Application Programming Interface ("TSAPI") standard
created by Novell, Inc. ("Novell"),  bundle Novell's telephony services software
with the Company's


                                3

<PAGE>

software  application  interface,  and demonstrate a prototype working interface
card for Microsoft  Corporation's  Telephone  Application  Programming Interface
("TAPI").  The Company supports  third-party  software developers by providing a
CTI development  facility at the Company's  offices.  The Company also offers an
opportunity for third-party  software developers to distribute their application
software  packages  through the Company's  dealer  network by means of a Company
produced catalog featuring CTI applications.  The Company has introduced various
CTI applications for specific markets such as hospitality,  emergency  services,
and call centers.


   The  Company  was  originally   incorporated   in  Oregon  in  1977  and  was
reincorporated  in  Delaware in 1982.  Its  principal  office and  manufacturing
facility is located at 1180 Seminole Trail, Charlottesville,  Virginia 22901 and
its telephone number is (804) 978-2200.

                                 The Offering


Common Stock Offered by the Company ......................  1,000,000 shares
Common Stock to be Offered by the Selling Stockholder  ...  2,000,000 shares
Common Stock to be Outstanding after the Offering  .......  8,085,529 shares (1)
Use of Proceeds ..........................................  To  redeem   750,000
                                                            shares  of  Series A
                                                            Preferred  Stock and
                                                            for          general
                                                            corporate        and
                                                            working capital
                                                             purposes.
Nasdaq National Market Symbol ............................  "CMDL"

   (1)  Excludes  491,255  shares of Common Stock  reserved  for  issuance  upon
exercise of currently  outstanding  options  granted under the  Company's  stock
option plans. For a description of the Company's stock option plans, see Note 11
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                4

<PAGE>
                            Summary Financial Data
                    (In thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Year Ended December 31,           Quarter Ended
                                                  ---------------------------       -----------------  
                                                                                    April 3,   April 2,
                                                  1992(1)    1993(2)     1994         1994      1995
                                                  ------     -------     ----         ----      ----
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>    
Selected Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales .....................................  $70,897    $69,099    $77,145    $ 17,639    $22,316
Gross profit ..................................   20,685     21,614     24,727       5,866      7,124
Operating income ..............................    3,072      5,385      5,667       1,143      1,737
Income before extraordinary item (3)  .........      884      2,416      3,614         615      1,230
Extraordinary item, write-off of debt issuance
cost ..........................................      --         --        (389)       (389)       --
Net income ....................................      884      2,416      3,225         226      1,230
Dividends on preferred stock ..................      --         --         577         106        143
Net income applicable to common stock  ........  $   884    $ 2,416    $ 2,648    $    120    $ 1,087

Selected Per Share Data:
Income before extraordinary item ..............  $  0.13    $  0.35    $  0.42 $      0.07 $     0.15
Extraordinary item ............................      --         --       (0.05)      (0.05)       --
Net income per common share ...................  $  0.13    $  0.35    $  0.37 $      0.02 $     0.15
Weighted average common shares outstanding  ...    6,738      6,935      7,231       7,247      7,216
</TABLE>


                                                      At April 2, 1995
                                                 -----------------------
                                                   Actual   As Adjusted(4)
                                                 -------      ---------
Selected Balance Sheet Data:
  Working capital .............................  $12,282    $
  Total assets ................................   43,729
  Long-term debt, excluding current maturities     3,988
  Preferred stockholders' equity ..............    7,500         --
  Common stockholders' equity .................   14,795


(1) Net  sales  include  approximately  $6,474,000  relating  to  revenues  of a
    residential  telephone product line that was sold in July 1992.  Included in
    net income is a gain of  approximately  $791,000  resulting from the sale of
    such product line.

(2) Net income per common share and  weighted  average  number of common  shares
    outstanding  were  $0.34 and  7,158,000,  respectively,  on a fully  diluted
    basis.  There was no  difference  in primary and fully diluted share data in
    any other year presented.

(3) See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
    of Operations -- Income Tax Loss Carryforwards."

(4) Adjusted to reflect  receipt by the Company of estimated  net proceeds  from
    the   issuance   of   1,000,000   shares.   See   "Use  of   Proceeds"   and
    "Capitalization."



                                5

<PAGE>
                                 RISK FACTORS

   In  evaluating  an  investment  in the Common  Stock  being  offered  hereby,
investors  should  consider  carefully,  among other things,  the following risk
factors,  as well as the other information  contained in this Prospectus and the
documents incorporated herein by reference.

Technological Change and Dependence on New Products


   The market for the Company's  systems and products is  characterized by rapid
technological  change and continuing demand for new products.  Accordingly,  the
timely  introduction  of new  products  and  product  features,  as  well as new
telecommunications  applications  such  as  computer-telephony  integration  are
expected to be a major factor in the Company's  continued success.  Market needs
and expectations  will require the Company to continue to identify,  develop and
sell new products and features  that keep pace with  technological  developments
and competitive pressures. In addition,  technological difficulties occasionally
inherent  in new  products  and the time  necessary  to  stabilize  new  product
manufacturing  costs  may  adversely  affect  operating  costs.  There can be no
assurance  that the Company's new products will achieve  market  acceptance,  or
that the Company will be able to continue to develop new products, technologies,
and  applications  as  required  by changing  market  needs in the  future.  See
"Business -- Industry Background."


Dependence on Component Suppliers


   Although the Company uses standard parts and components in the manufacture of
its products,  certain  electronic  components  used in the  Company's  systems,
including certain  microprocessor and memory chips, are currently available from
a  single  source  or  a  limited   number  of  outside   electronic   component
manufacturers and distributors.  Currently, the Company has multiple sources for
most electronic  components,  but has single sources for a few unique parts such
as custom integrated  circuits.  The Company does not have a long-term agreement
with any  supplier of  components.  In  addition,  the Company  obtains  certain
electronic  components from a limited number of manufacturers located outside of
the  United  States  which are  subject to  changes  in  governmental  policies,
imposition  of  tariffs,  import  restrictions,  and other  factors  beyond  the
Company's  control.  Although  the  Company  has not  experienced  any  material
difficulties in obtaining  supplies in the past,  there can be no assurance that
the  Company  will not  experience  delay in  delivery or absence of supply from
existing sources or the inability to develop  alternative  sources,  if and when
required in the future,  which could  materially and adversely  affect operating
results.


Competition


   The market for the  Company's  products  is highly  competitive.  The Company
competes  with  approximately  20  companies,  many of which have  significantly
greater  financial,  marketing,  and technical  resources  than the Company.  In
addition,  the  Company  must  compete to attract  and  retain  dealers  for its
products.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company  will be able to compete
successfully in the marketplace or that the Company will be able to maintain its
current dealer network. See "Business -- Competition."


Fluctuations in Quarterly Revenues

   The  Company's  revenues may vary from quarter to quarter due to a variety of
factors,  including  the timing of  customer  orders,  the  introduction  of new
products by the Company or its competitors,  domestic and international  pricing
pressures as well as general economic conditions. The Company typically operates
with relatively little backlog,  and substantial amounts of its revenues in each
quarter ordinarily come from orders received in that quarter.

Potential Intellectual Property Infringements; Limited Protection

   From  time  to  time,  the  Company  is  subject  to   proceedings   alleging
infringement  by the Company of  intellectual  property  rights of others.  Such
proceedings  could require the Company to expend  significant sums in litigation
and could require the Company to pay significant damages, develop non-infringing

                                6

<PAGE>
technology,  or acquire  licenses to the technology  which is the subject of the
asserted infringement.  Moreover, the Company relies upon copyright,  trademark,
and trade secret protection to protect the Company's  proprietary  rights in its
products.  There can be no assurance that these  protections will be adequate to
deter misappropriation of the Company's technologies or independent  third-party
development of similar technologies. See "Business -- Intellectual Property."


Dependence on Highly Skilled Personnel


   The Company  believes that its future success  depends in large part upon its
ability to attract and retain  highly  skilled  technical  employees  to oversee
product  development and engineering  functions.  To date, the Company generally
has not experienced  difficulty in recruiting capable  individuals to fill these
positions other than certain positions for software  engineers,  as to which the
Company has been able to obtain the services of technical  consultants as needed
for any particular project. However, competition for highly-skilled personnel is
intense, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to continue
to recruit capable technical employees and engineers in the future, or to secure
technical consultants when needed on reasonable terms.


                                7

<PAGE>
                               USE OF PROCEEDS


   The net  proceeds to the  Company  from the sale of the  1,000,000  shares of
Common Stock being  offered by the Company are estimated to be  approximately  $
after  deducting the  underwriting  discounts and  estimated  offering  expenses
payable by the Company.  The Company  will not receive any of the proceeds  from
the shares offered by the Selling Stockholder.

   The Company  plans to use  $7,500,000  of the net proceeds of the offering to
redeem  750,000  shares of Series A 7 1/2 %  Cumulative  Convertible  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock  ("Series A  Preferred  Stock")  currently  held by  PacifiCorp
Credit,  Inc. ("PCI"),  an affiliate of the Company.  The outstanding  shares of
Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed at the option of the Company,  in whole
or in part,  at any time upon not less than 30 days nor more than 90 days  prior
written  notice,  at a  redemption  price  equal to $10.00  per  share  plus any
accumulated but unpaid dividends.  The Company intends to use the balance of the
net proceeds for general corporate and working capital purposes.  PCI has agreed
with the Company,  until the earlier of the redemption of the Series A Preferred
Stock or October 1, 1995, to waive (i) the notice period  required to redeem the
Series A  Preferred  Stock,  (ii) PCI's  right to convert the Series A Preferred
Stock into Common Stock,  and (iii)  certain  rights to demand  registration  of
other  shares  of  Common  Stock  owned by PCI  which  are not  included  in the
offering,  including,  but not limited to,  registration  rights PCI may possess
under a warrant  agreement.  In such  connection,  PCI has also consented to the
filing by the Company of a  post-effective  amendment to a Form S-3 Registration
Statement, originally filed by the Company in July 1994, in order to remove from
registration 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock owned by PCI covered thereby. Such
amendment  shall  be  effective  no  earlier  than  the  effective  date  of the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.

                         PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

   The Company's  Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the
trading  symbol  "CMDL."  The  following  table  sets  forth,  for the  quarters
indicated,  the high and low last sale prices for the Company's  Common Stock on
the Nasdaq National Market:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              High      Low
                                             -------   ------
<S>                                           <C>        <C>
Year Ended December 31, 1993: 
  First Quarter .............................  $3 3/16   $1 5/16
  Second Quarter ............................   3 3/8     2 7/16
  Third Quarter .............................   3         2 1/4
  Fourth Quarter ............................  11 1/16    2 1/4
Year Ended December 31, 1994: .............
  First Quarter ............................. $12 3/16   $8 1/4
  Second Quarter ............................   9 3/8     6
  Third Quarter .............................   8 7/16    6
  Fourth Quarter ............................  10 1/8     5 7/16
Year Ended December 31, 1995: .............
  First Quarter .............................  $9        $6 3/4
  Second Quarter (through June 27, 1995)  ...  14 5/8     7 7/8
</TABLE>


   On June 27, 1995, the last reported sale price for the Company's Common Stock
on the Nasdaq National Market was $13 5/16 per share. As of June 23, 1995, there
were 2,102 stockholders of record of the Common Stock.


                                8

<PAGE>
                               DIVIDEND POLICY

   Pursuant to the terms of the Series A Preferred  Stock, the holders of shares
of Series A Preferred  Stock,  in  preference  to the  holders of the  Company's
Common Stock, are entitled to receive, when, as, and if declared by the Board of
Directors,  out of Company funds legally available for the payment of dividends,
quarterly dividends per share payable in cash in the following amounts: $0.19 on
the last day of March,  $0.19 on the last day of June,  $0.19 on the last day of
September,  and $0.18 on the last day of December  each year.  Since March 1994,
the Company  has paid such  quarterly  dividends  on the  outstanding  shares of
Series A Preferred Stock.

   To date, the Company has not paid any cash dividends on outstanding shares of
Common Stock. The Company  currently  intends to retain future earnings in order
to provide funds for  operation and expansion of its business and,  accordingly,
does not anticipate paying cash dividends on the Common Stock in the foreseeable
future. Any determination as to the payment of dividends is at the discretion of
the  Company's  Board of Directors  and will depend on the  Company's  financial
condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions
on payment of dividends (if any),  economic and market conditions and such other
factors as the Board of Directors deems  relevant.  The Company's loan agreement
currently  restricts  the  payment  of cash  dividends,  except on the  Series A
Preferred Stock.


                                CAPITALIZATION

   The following table sets forth the  capitalization of the Company at April 2,
1995,  and as adjusted to reflect the sale of  1,000,000  shares of Common Stock
offered by the Company hereby. This table should be read in conjunction with the
financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         At April 2, 1995
                                                                      Actual     As Adjusted
                                                                     --------    ------------
                                                                        (In thousands)
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Long-term debt, excluding current maturities .........................  $  3,988    $
Stockholders' equity: ................................................
  Series A 7 1/2 % preferred stock ($10.00 par value), (authorized
     2,000 shares; issued: 750 shares, no shares as adjusted)  .......     7,500      --
  Common stock ($0.01 par value) and paid-in capital (authorized
    30,000 shares; issued: 7,036 shares, 8,036 shares as
    adjusted) (1) ....................................................   100,517
  Other ..............................................................      (973)
  Accumulated deficit ................................................   (84,749)
  Total stockholders' equity .........................................    22,295
    Total capitalization .............................................  $ 26,283    $
<FN>


(1) Excludes  548,706 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise
    of currently  outstanding  options  granted under the Company's stock option
    plans. For a description of the Company's stock option plans, see Note 11 of
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 </TABLE>


                                9



<PAGE>
                      SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
                       (In thousands, except per share)


   The following  selected  consolidated  financial  data for and as of the five
years  ended   December  31,  1994  are  derived  from  the  Company's   audited
consolidated  financial  statements.  The selected financial data as of April 2,
1995 and for the  quarters  ended  April 2,  1995 and  April 3,  1994  have been
derived  from  unaudited  financial  statements  of the Company,  which,  in the
opinion  of  management,  include  all  adjustments,  consisting  only of normal
recurring  adjustments,  necessary for a fair  statement of the results for such
periods.  The  results of the quarter  ended  April 2, 1995 are not  necessarily
indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year. The data set forth
below should be read in conjunction  with the Company's  consolidated  financial
statements  and  related  notes and  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" appearing elsewhere herein.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         Year Ended December 31,                           Quarter Ended
                                                 ----------------------------------------------------   -------------------
                                                                                                        April 3,   April 2,
                                                  1990       1991      1992      1993(1)      1994       1994       1995
                                                -------    -------    -------    -------    --------   --------    -------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
Selected Statement of Operations Data:
  Net sales (2) ..............................  $83,957    $66,914    $70,897    $69,099    $77,145    $ 17,639    $22,316
  Costs of goods sold ........................   62,845     48,103     50,212     47,485     52,418      11,773     15,192
  Gross profit ...............................   21,112     18,811     20,685     21,614     24,727       5,866      7,124
  Operating expenses: ..........................
    Selling, general and administrative  .....   12,184     13,040     13,829     12,805     15,128       3,739      4,344
    Engineering, research and development ....    3,903      3,343      3,784      3,424      3,932         984      1,043
  Operating income ...........................    5,025      2,428      3,072      5,385      5,667       1,143      1,737
  Interest expense ...........................    3,358      2,921      2,564      2,420      1,267         392        273
  Other expense (income) (3) .................      336        378       (389)       420        670         114        194
  Income (loss) before income taxes and
    extraordinary item .......................    1,331       (871)       897      2,545      3,730         637      1,270
  Income tax expense (4) .....................      587        --          13        129        116          22         40
  Income (loss) from continuing operations ...      744       (871)       884      2,416      3,614         615      1,230
  Extraordinary items and loss from
    discontinued operations (5) ..............      270        --         --         --        (389)       (389)        --
  Net income (loss) ..........................    1,014       (871)       884      2,416      3,225         226      1,230
  Dividends on preferred stock ................      --         --          --        --         577         106        143
  Net income (loss) applicable to common stock  $ 1,014    $  (871)   $   884    $ 2,416    $ 2,648    $    120    $ 1,087
Selected Per Share Data: 
  Income (loss) from continuing operations  ..  $  0.12    $ (0.15)   $  0.13    $  0.35    $  0.42    $   0.07    $  0.15
  Extraordinary items and loss from
  discontinued operations (4).................     0.05         --         --         --      (0.05)      (0.05)        --
Net income (loss) per common share ...........  $  0.17    $ (0.15)   $  0.13    $  0.35    $  0.37    $   0.02    $  0.15
Weighted average common shares outstanding  ..    5,984      5,964      6,738      6,935      7,231       7,247      7,216

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Year Ended December 31,
                                               --------------------------------------------------     April 2,
                                                 1990     1991       1992       1993       1994        1995
                                               -------   -------    -------    -------    -------    --------
<S>                                            <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Selected Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital .............................  $ 8,499   $13,927    $12,404    $14,943    $11,631    $12,282
Total assets ................................   44,163    41,412     41,747     44,803     42,260     43,729
Long-term debt, excluding current maturities    16,819    22,866     21,072     18,943      4,737      3,988
Preferred stockholders' equity ..............       --        --         --         --      7,500      7,500
Common stockholders' equity..................    6,994     6,343      7,511     10,750     13,543     14,795
<FN>


(1) Net income per common share and  weighted  average  number of common  shares
    outstanding  were  $0.34 and  7,158,000,  respectively,  on a fully  diluted
    basis.  There was no  differance  in primary and fully diluted share data in
    any other year presented.

(2) Amounts  for  1990,   1991,  and  1992  include  revenues  of  approximately
    $13,790,000,  $11,183,000, and $6,474,000,  respectively, from a residential
    telephone product line which was sold in July 1992.

(3) Includes  $791,000 related to a gain on the sale of a residential  telephone
    product line in 1992 (see note 1 above).

(4) See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
    of Operations -- Income Tax Loss Carryforwards."

(5) Reflects in 1990,  a loss from  discontinued  operations  of $251,000  and a
    benefit of $521,000 from the  utilization  of operating  loss  carryforwards
    (($.04) and $.09 per share,  respectively),  and in 1994,  the  write-off of
    debt issuance costs of $389,000. 
</TABLE>
                                10

<PAGE>

                   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   The following  discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the
Selected  Historical  Financial  Data and the Company's  Consolidated  Financial
Statements and Notes.


Results of Operations

   The following  table sets forth certain  statement of operations  data of the
Company expressed as a percentage of net sales:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                    Quarter Ended
                                                    Year Ended December 31,       April 3,  April 2,
                                                  --------------------------      ------------------
                                                    1992      1993      1994       1994      1995
                                                  ------    ------    ------      ------    -------
<S>                                              <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>
Net sales .....................................   100.0%    100.0%    100.0%       100.0%    100.0%
Cost of goods sold ............................    70.8      68.7      67.9         66.7      68.1
Gross profit ..................................    29.2      31.3      32.1         33.3      31.9
Selling, general & administrative .............    19.5      18.5      19.6         21.2      19.5
Engineering, research and development  ........     5.3       5.0       5.1          5.6       4.7
Operating income ..............................     4.3       7.8       7.3          6.5       7.8
Interest expense ..............................     3.6       3.5       1.6          2.2       1.2
Other expense (income) ........................    (0.5)      0.6       0.9          0.6       0.9
Income tax expense ............................     0.0       0.2       0.2          0.1       0.2
Extraordinary item, write-off of debt issuance
cost ..........................................      --        --       0.5          2.2        --
Net income ....................................     1.2       3.5       4.2          1.3       5.5
Preferred dividends ...........................      --        --       0.7          0.6       0.6
Net income applicable to common stock  ........     1.2       3.5       3.4          0.7       4.9
</TABLE>


Note: Numbers may not add due to rounding.

Quarter Ended April 2, 1995 Compared to Quarter Ended April 3, 1994

   Net  sales in the  first  quarter  of 1995  increased  26.5% to  $22,316,000,
compared  with  $17,639,000  in the first  quarter of 1994.  The increase in net
sales was due primarily to the increase in sales of newer product lines, such as
the DXP  and  Impact  digital  systems.  In  addition,  net  sales  from  custom
manufacturing  for  other  companies  increased  to  $2,020,000,  compared  with
$261,000 in the first quarter of 1994.

   Gross  profit in the first  quarter of 1995  increased  21.4% to  $7,124,000,
compared with  $5,866,000 in the first  quarter of 1994.  However,  gross margin
decreased  to 31.9% in the first  quarter  of 1995,  compared  with 33.3% in the
first quarter of 1994.  Although the Company's sales of higher margin  products,
such as DXP and Impact digitial  systems,  increased during the first quarter of
1995 as compared with the same period of 1994,  the decrease in gross margin was
due primarily to increased levels of lower margin custom manufacturing products.
While increased levels of custom  manufacturing  have reduced gross margin,  the
Company  anticipates  continuing  custom  manufacturing in order to offset fixed
costs associated with excess manufacturing capacity.

   Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses in the first  quarter of 1995
increased 16.2% to $4,344,000,  compared with $3,739,000 in the first quarter of
1994. However,  such expenses decreased as a percentage of net sales to 19.5% in
the first quarter of 1995, compared with 21.2% in the first quarter of 1994. The
expense  increase was due  primarily to (i) an increase in personnel  associated
with  international  sales, and development and marketing of CTI products,  (ii)
sales allowances  associated with higher sales volume,  and (iii) an increase in
sales  allowances  attributed  to an  approximate  9%  increase in the number of
dealers.  The  decrease  as a  percentage  of net  sales  was due  primarily  to
predominantly fixed costs spread over increased sales.


                                11
<PAGE>

   Engineering,  research and development  expenses in the first quarter of 1995
increased  6.0% to  $1,043,000,  compared  with $984,000 in the first quarter of
1994.  However,  such expenses decreased as a percentage of net sales to 4.7% in
the first  quarter of 1995,  compared with 5.6% in the first quarter of 1994 due
to the higher rate of growth of net sales.  The  increase  was due  primarily to
higher  expenditures  to support  ongoing  development and testing of the larger
version of the DXP  digital  system  which is  expected  to  provide  for larger
installations while still utilizing the DXP operating system.

   Operating  income  in the  first  quarter  of  1995  increased  by  52.0%  to
$1,737,000,  compared with  $1,143,000 in the first quarter of 1994.  Similarly,
operating  income  increased as a  percentage  of net sales to 7.8% in the first
quarter of 1995, compared with 6.5% in the first quarter of 1994.

   Interest  expense in the first quarter of 1995  decreased  30.4% to $273,000,
compared with $392,000 in the first quarter of 1994. This decrease was primarily
due to the  recapitalization,  effective  on February 1, 1994,  that lowered the
Company's debt and interest rate. See Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

   Other  expense in the first  quarter  of 1995  increased  70.2% to  $194,000,
compared with $114,000 in the first  quarter of 1994.  Similarly,  other expense
increased  as a percentage  of net sales to 0.9% for the first  quarter of 1995,
compared with 0.6% in the first  quarter of 1994.  The increase of other expense
as a percentage  of net sales was due primarily to higher cash  discounts  which
were a result of higher sales. In addition,  reduction of interest income from a
note  issued  to the  Company  in  connection  with the sale of the  residential
telephone product line in 1992 contributed to the increase in other expense.

   Income tax expense in the first  quarter of 1995 was $40,000,  compared  with
$22,000 in the first  quarter of 1994.  The  Company's  income tax expense would
have been higher,  but such taxes were reduced by the  utilization  of operating
loss carryforwards.

   Extraordinary  item,  write-off of debt issuance cost in the first quarter of
1994 of $389,000  represents debt  restructuring  costs that were written off in
connection  with the  refinancing  of the Company's  indebtedness  to PacifiCorp
Credit Inc., ("PCI"), an affiliate of the Company.

   Dividends on preferred stock represent  quarterly dividends payable to PCI as
holder of the Series A 7 1/2 % Cumulative Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock
("Series A  Preferred  Stock").  Dividends  increased  to  $143,000 in the first
quarter of 1995,  compared  with  $106,000 in the same period of 1994 due to the
Company's  paying  dividends for a full quarter in 1995,  compared with only two
months in the first quarter in 1994.

   As a result of the foregoing  factors,  net income applicable to common stock
before extraordinary item increased 113.6% to $1,087,000 in the first quarter of
1995, compared with $509,000 in the first quarter of 1994.

1994 Compared to 1993

   Net sales in 1994 increased 11.6% to $77,145,000,  compared with  $69,099,000
in 1993.  This  increase was due  primarily to increased  sales of $6,974,000 of
business systems.  The continual  increase in sales of telephone systems was due
primarily to the demand for the Company's newer digital telephone  systems,  DXP
and Impact.  In  addition,  net sales from  custom  manufacturing  increased  by
$1,684,000, or 288.4%, compared with 1993.

   Gross  profit  in  1994  increased  14.4%  to   $24,727,000,   compared  with
$21,614,000  in  1993.  Similarly,  gross  margin  increased  to  32.1% in 1994,
compared  with 31.3% in 1993.  This  increase in gross  margin was  attributable
primarily to increased sales of higher margin products, such as DXP and Impact.

   Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses in 1994  increased  18.1% to
$15,128,000,  compared  with  $12,805,000  in  1993.  Similarly,  such  expenses
increased as a percentage of net sales to 19.6% in 1994 from 18.5% in 1993.  The
primary  reasons  for  the  increase  were:  (i)  additional   sales  allowances
associated with the higher sales volume in 1994, (ii) increased sales allowances
attributed  to an  approximate  12%  increase  in the number of  dealers,  (iii)
increased personnel and associated expenses for customer support and


                                12
<PAGE>
training,  and (iv) a full year of operation of the Company's Comdial Enterprise
Systems,  Inc. ("CES"),  a wholly-owned  subsidiary formed in 1993 to manage CTI
product  development,  sales and marketing.  Costs relating to CES were $546,000
higher in 1994 compared with 1993.

   Engineering,  research and  development  expenses in 1994 increased  14.8% to
$3,932,000, compared with $3,424,000 in 1993. Similarly,  engineering,  research
and development  expenses increased as a percentage of net sales to 5.1% in 1994
from 5.0% in 1993.  The increase was due  primarily to  expenditures  to support
development of the larger version of the DXP digital system which is expected to
provide for larger  installations  while still utilizing the operating system of
the DXP and expenditures for the Company's Unisyn business system.

   Operating  income  in  1994  increased  5.2%  to  $5,667,000,  compared  with
$5,385,000 in 1993.  However,  operating income decreased as a percentage of net
sales to 7.3% in 1994 from 7.8% in 1993.

   Interest  expense  in 1994  decreased  47.6%  to  $1,267,000,  compared  with
$2,420,000 in 1993. Similarly, interest expense decreased as a percentage of net
sales to 1.6% in 1994 from 3.5% in 1993.  This decrease was due primarily to the
Company's recapitalization, on February 1, 1994, that lowered the Company's debt
and interest rate.

   Other expense in 1994 increased 59.5% to $670,000,  compared with $420,000 in
1993. Similarly, other expense increased as a percentage of net sales to 0.9% in
1994,  compared with 0.6% in 1993. The increase in other expense as a percentage
of net sales was due  primarily  to  higher cash  discounts  which were a direct
result of higher sales.  In addition,  the reduction of interest  income was due
primarily  to the  Company's  repayment  of  debt  under  its  revolving  credit
facility.

   Income tax expense in 1994 was $116,000,  compared with $129,000 in 1993. The
Company's income tax expense would have been higher, but such taxes were reduced
by the utilization of operating loss carryforwards.

   Extraordinary item,  write-off of debt issuance cost in 1994 of $389,000,  or
0.5% of net sales, represents debt restructuring costs.

   Dividends on preferred stock  represent  quarterly  dividends  payable to the
holder of Series A Preferred  Stock. The Company issued 850,000 shares of Series
A Preferred  Stock to PCI on February 1, 1994, in exchange for the  cancellation
of $8,500,000 of the Company's indebtedness. The Company redeemed 100,000 shares
of Series A Preferred Stock from PCI in December 1994. Dividends in 1994 totaled
$577,000.

   As a result of the  foregoing,  net income  applicable to common stock before
extraordinary  item  increased  25.7%  to  $3,037,000  in  1994,  compared  with
$2,416,000 in 1993.


1993 Compared to 1992


   Net sales in 1993 decreased by 2.5% to $69,099,000, compared with $70,897,000
in  1992.  This  decrease  was  primarily  due to the  sale  of the  residential
telephone  product line during 1992 which accounted for $6,474,000,  or 9.1%, of
1992 net sales.  Sales of continuing  product lines  increased 7.3% from 1992 to
1993. Sales of other products in 1993 decreased by $1,809,000,  or 22%, compared
with 1992 levels.  This was offset by increased sales of $6,926,000,  or 13%, of
business system products. This increase in sales of business system products was
largely  attributable  to the  introduction  of the Company's  Impact  telephone
system in the fourth quarter of 1992.

   Gross profit in 1993 increased 4.5% to $21,614,000, compared with $20,685,000
in 1992. Similarly, gross margin increased to 31.3% in 1993, compared with 29.2%
in 1992.  This increase in gross margin was primarily  attributable to increased
sales of higher margin business system products, such as Impact and DXP.

   Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in 1993  decreased  7.4% to
$12,805,000,  compared with $13,829,000 in 1992. Similarly, selling, general and
administrative  expenses decreased as a percentage of net sales to 18.5% in 1993
from 19.5% in 1992. The reduction in selling, general and administrative

                                13

<PAGE>

expenses was due principally to the continuing  favorable  impact in 1993 of the
workforce  reduction in 1992.  Costs  relating to the  Company's  commitment  to
expanding  its  international  business  were  higher  in 1993 by  $256,000.  In
addition,  expenses  arising from  operations of CES,  which was formed in 1993,
were $265,000.

   Engineering,  research and  development  expenses in 1993  decreased  9.5% to
$3,424,000, compared with $3,784,000 in 1992. Similarly,  engineering,  research
and development  expenses decreased as a percentage of net sales to 5.0% in 1993
from 5.3% in 1992.  This decrease was due primarily to the continuing  favorable
impact in 1993 of the workforce reduction in 1992.

   Operating  income for 1993  increased by 75.3% to  $5,385,000,  compared with
$3,072,000 in 1992. Similarly, operating income increased as a percentage of net
sales to 7.8% in 1993, compared with 4.3% in 1992.

   Interest  expense  in  1993  decreased  5.6%  to  $2,420,000,  compared  with
$2,564,000 in 1992. Similarly, interest expense decreased as a percentage of net
sales to 3.5% in 1993 from 3.6% in 1992.  Interest expense  decreased  primarily
due to additional reduction of the Company's indebtedness.

   Other expense in 1993 increased to $420,000, compared with income of $389,000
in 1992.  The Company had income in 1992 from the  realized net gain of $791,000
from the sale of the residential telephone product line.

   Income tax expense in 1993 was $129,000,  compared with $13,000 in 1992.  The
Company's income tax expense would have been higher, but such taxes were reduced
by the utilization of operating loss carryforwards.

   As a result of the foregoing, net income applicable to common stock increased
173.3% to $2,416,000 in 1993,  compared with $884,000 in 1992. This increase was
attributable primarily to cost reductions implemented by management in 1992.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

   Prior to February 1, 1994, the Company was indebted to an affiliate of PCI in
the amount of  $21,209,453.  In connection with a  recapitalization  effected on
February 1, 1994, the Company issued 850,000 shares of a newly designated Series
A  Preferred  Stock  in  exchange  for the  cancellation  of  $8,500,000  of the
Company's  indebtedness  to PCI. See  "Description  of Capital Stock -- Series A
Preferred  Stock." The remainder of the Company's  indebtedness  to PCI was paid
using  $6,000,000  of cash  generated  from  operations  and  $6,709,453 of cash
borrowed  from  Shawmut  Capital  Corporation  ("Shawmut"),  formerly  known  as
Barclays Business Credit,  Inc.,  pursuant to a loan and security agreement (the
"Loan Agreement") between Shawmut and the Company,  under which Shawmut provided
a  $6,000,000  term  loan and a  $9,000,000  revolving  credit  facility  to the
Company.

   On April 29, 1994, the Loan Agreement was amended and Shawmut issued a second
term note to the Company in the amount of  $1,300,000 to finance the purchase of
additional surface mount technology  equipment.  Furthermore,  in December 1994,
the Company  redeemed  100,000 shares of the Series A Preferred  Stock using the
proceeds  from the  repayment  of a  $1,000,000  note  issued by the  Company to
Cortelco  International,  Inc., in connection  with the sale of the  residential
telephone product line in 1992.

   Pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, the $6,000,000 term note and the
$1,300,000  term note have an  interest  rate  equal to 1 1/2 % above  Shawmut's
prime rate.  The $6,000,000  term note is payable in 24 equal monthly  principal
installments  of  $125,000,  and 23  equal  monthly  principal  installments  of
$83,334,  with the balance due on February 1, 1998. The $1,300,000  term note is
payable in 44 equal  monthly  installments  of $27,000,  with the balance due on
February 1, 1998. The revolving credit facility has an interest rate of 1% above
Shawmut's   prime  rate.  As  of  June  26,  1995,   the  Company  had  borrowed
approximately   $1,752,802   under  the  revolving   credit   facility  and  had
approximately  $5,503,636 of additional borrowing capacity.  See Note 5 of Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company expects to fund its 1995 total
debt payments of $1,824,000 owed to Shawmut with cash from operations.

                                14


<PAGE>

   The Company's  indebtedness  under the Loan  Agreement is secured by liens on
the Company's accounts receivable, inventories, intangibles, land, and all other
assets.  The Loan  Agreement  also contains  financial  covenants  requiring the
Company  to  maintain  specified  levels of  consolidated  tangible  net  worth,
profitability,  debt service  ratio,  and current ratio.  In addition,  the Loan
Agreement  limits the Company's  ability to make  additional  borrowings and pay
dividends except those permitted on the Series A Preferred Stock. As of December
31,  1994 and April 2,  1995,  the  Company  was in  compliance  with all of the
covenants.

   Overall,  the  recapitalization  including  the  issuance  of  the  Series  A
Preferred  Stock,  has resulted in increased net income and cash flow due to the
Company's  incurring  lower  interest  expenses and has  improved the  Company's
balance sheet by reducing debt and increasing  equity.  In particular,  cash and
cash equivalents  decreased by $3,795,000 from December 31, 1993 to December 31,
1994 due to the payment of $6,000,000 to reduce the PCI indebtedness and the use
of the revolver to fund  operations.  Current  maturities  on debt  decreased by
$1,786,000 from December 31, 1993 to December 31, 1994. The Company plans to use
a  substantial  portion of the net  proceeds  from the sales of shares  offerred
hereby to redeem the remaining  750,000 shares of Series A Preferred  Stock. See
"Use of Proceeds."

   Working  capital  increased  in the first  quarter  of 1995 by  $651,000  due
primarily to the increase in accounts  receivable and inventory which relates to
the increase in sales during this period.  Working capital decreased during 1994
by  $3,312,000  due  primarily  to a  $3,795,000  reduction  in  cash  and  cash
equivalents.

   Capital  expenditures  in the first quarter of 1995 and fiscal year 1994 were
$585,000 and $2,367,000,  respectively.  Capital additions in 1994 were provided
by funds from  operations,  capital  leasing,  and borrowing from Shawmut.  Cash
expenditures  for capital  additions in 1994,  1993,  and 1992 were  $2,116,000,
$848,000,  and  $1,776,000,   respectively.  The  Company  anticipates  spending
approximately  $3,000,000  on capital  expenditures  during  1995 which  include
equipment for  manufacturing  and technology. 

   The Company  expects sales of telephone  systems to continue to grow in 1995,
primarily due to the development of new products,  strategic alliances,  and the
development of additional international  distribution channels. In addition, the
Company  expects  sales of its  digital  products,  such as DXP and  Impact,  to
increase in 1995.

   The  Company  believes  that as a result of the  improved  capital  structure
resulting from the  repurchase of the Series A Preferred  Stock from PCI and the
elimination of the dividend  payments  payable on such Series A Preferred Stock,
income from  operations,  amounts  available  from the Company's  current credit
facilities  and the net  proceeds  from the sale of the  shares  offered  by the
Company hereby will be sufficient to meet the Company's needs for the forseeable
future.


   In November 1992, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board ("FASB") issued
Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS")  No.  112,  "Employers
Accounting for Postemployment  Benefits." The Company  implemented this standard
in 1994. This standard had no material effect on earnings or financial  position
primarily due to the Company's policies regarding postemployment benefits.

Income Tax Loss Carryforwards


   On January 1, 1993, the Company  adopted SFAS No. 109,  Accounting for Income
Taxes.  Under this method,  deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are determined
based on the difference between the financial  statement and tax bases of assets
and  liabilities  using  enacted  tax rates in effect  for the year in which the
differences are expected to affect taxable income.


   At  December  31,  1994,  the  Company  had  approximately   $72,336,000  and
$3,027,000 in Federal net operating loss and credit carryovers which will expire
if unused.  The Company provided as of December 31, 1994, a valuation  allowance
to fully reserve the net deferred tax assets  related to such  carryovers due to
the  uncertainty as to whether the Company would generate  taxable income during
the carryforward period.

                                15

<PAGE>
   The Company continually  evaluates the requirements for a valuation allowance
and makes adjustments to such allowance when circumstances  result in changes in
its  estimate  of its  ability to realize its  deferred  tax assets.  During the
second  quarter of the year ending  December  31, 1995,  the Company  expects to
reduce the  valuation  allowance  because at this point in time it appears  more
likely  than  not  that  the  Company  will  be able  to  utilize  approximately
$13,000,000 of the net operating loss  carryforwards  prior to their expiration.
This will result in an increase in net income of  approximately  $4,500,000  for
the quarter ending July 2, 1995.


   If the Company undergoes an "ownership  change" within the meaning of Section
382 of the Internal  Revenue Code, the Company's  right to use its then existing
NOLs is limited during each future year to a percentage of the fair market value
of the Company's  stock  immediately  before the ownership  change.  In general,
there is an  ownership  change  under  Section 382 if over a  three-year  period
certain stockholders increase their percentage ownership change of a corporation
by more than 50 percent. The amount of net operating loss carryforwards expected
to be  utilized  resulting  in the  reduction  of  the  valuation  allowance  of
$4,500,000 assumes an ownership change will take place.


                                       16
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS


   The Company designs, manufactures, and markets small to medium sized business
telecommunications systems which support up to approximately 200 telephones. The
Company believes that it is a leading supplier to this market, with an installed
base  estimated  to be in excess of  200,000  telephone  systems  and  2,000,000
telephones. The Company's products include digital and analog telephone switches
and telephones, as well as a wide range of product enhancements to the Company's
telephone  systems.  The Company's  recent growth has occurred  principally as a
result of digital telephone systems  introduced by the Company since 1992. These
digital  products  provide  end  users  with the  ability  to  utilize  evolving
telecommunications technologies, including those arising from the convergence of
telephone systems and computers, or computer-telephony integration ("CTI"). 

Industry Background


   In  recent  years,  advances  in  telecommunications   have  facilitated  the
development of  technologically  advanced  telephone  systems and  applications.
Spurred by the significant  deregulation of the telephone industry that began in
the  1970s,  electronic  telephone  systems  began  displacing  the  traditional
electromechanical  telephones  that had  served  as the basic  office  telephone
system  since  the  1930s.  New  telephone  applications  are  being  introduced
continuously,  permitting business users to improve  communications within their
organizations and with customers by using conference calls, speakerphones, voice
mail, automated  attendant,  and voice processing  applications,  such as speech
recognition.

   A telephone  system  consists of a telephone  switch that routes  calls among
individual  telephones on the system,  and telephones  that are connected to the
switch via internal telephone lines. Systems are typically described in terms of
the number of  telephones  connected to the switch.  In the case of  flexibility
configured  systems,  the system is  described  in terms of the total  number of
ports, which can be connected to an outside line, a telephone,  fax machine,  or
other communications device.

   Until  recently,  most telephone  systems were "analog,"  transmitting  voice
information in a continuous  wave form that is "analogous" to the original voice
signal.  Analog transmission is acceptable for most voice  requirements,  but is
not as efficient for data or video transmission.  Analog transmission is subject
to  attenuation,  or the continual  degradation of  transmission  quality as the
distance between sender and receiver increases. In addition,  ambient noises can
be picked up and transmitted along with the original voice transmission, leading
to garbled communications.

   By the late 1980s,  digital  telephone  systems were available for commercial
use.  The  digitization  of voice,  data,  and  video is a general  trend in the
telecommunications  industry,  whereby such forms of communication are converted
into binary pulses (0 and 1) that may be stored or  transmitted.  Within a fully
digital system, the signals are reproduced precisely with minimal degradation of
quality.  Digital  systems  generally  offer  customers more  features,  provide
greater voice clarity, offer potential cost savings through the use of low-cost,
high-capacity T-1 transmission lines from  telecommunication  service providers,
enable improved video and data  transmission,  and offer superior  platforms for
future features.  Businesses with digital systems are better  positioned to take
advantage of new features.

   While some manufacturers have ceased producing analog systems altogether, the
Company  offers a broad  line of  systems  utilizing  both  analog  and  digital
technologies.   The  Company  believes  that  current  industry   shipments  are
approximately half digital, with the digital share growing rapidly. In addition,
the  installed  telephone  system base  remains  predominantly  analog,  thereby
providing  significant  opportunities  for manufacturers who continue to produce
analog  systems.  Such systems are purchased by end users wishing to install new
analog systems due to price considerations or to expand existing systems.

   A  recent  major  industry   advancement  is  the  development  of  CTI.  CTI
applications  merge the power of modern telephone systems with that of computers
to provide integrated solutions to broad communications problems, such as proper
queuing  in  call   communications   centers,   and  specific   vertical  market
applications (such as the real estate, law firm and food service markets). As an
example, an emergency dispatch system may use caller  identification  technology
in conjunction  with other databases in order to access  information such as the
street  address and profile of the  emergency  caller  which is displayed on the
dispatcher's computer.  Dispatchers can send help quickly to the correct address
and 

                                17
<PAGE>
provide the information  needed to respond  appropriately to the situation.  The
growing  industry  and user  interest  in CTI has added a new  dimension  to the
business  telecommunications  market.  In addition to the  proprietary  products
offered by the Company and others,  the  acceptance  of industry  standards  now
makes it possible for  independent  software  developers to market  applications
software  geared  toward  solving  or  simplifying  a myriad of common  business
communications problems.


   Initially,  the implementation of CTI was limited to specialized applications
written to the proprietary  interfaces of individual switch makers. This yielded
a small number of expensive products. The broad acceptance of de facto standards
from Novell, Inc. ("Novell") and Microsoft  Corporation  ("Microsoft") now makes
it possible to  implement  CTI on a much  broader  scale and at a  substantially
lower  cost.  In a local  area  network  ("LAN")  environment,  Novell  provides
software  instructions  (service  provider  interfaces  or "SPIs") to  telephone
system  manufacturers  committed  to  producing  the  connectivity  software and
hardware required to communicate with the telephony server. The telephone switch
effectively becomes another node on a client server network.

   For  users  who  are not on a  network,  the  desktop  approach  promoted  by
Microsoft  is  an  alternative   solution.   In  this  case,   telephone  system
manufacturers  design  special  software  links to  Microsoft's  SPI.  Telephony
software is optionally  available on current  Windows  operating  systems and is
expected to be standard on Windows 95.

   Until the late  1980s,  all small and medium  sized  telephone  systems  were
"closed." If users wished to add new  capabilities to their  telephone  systems,
they were restricted to whatever the system  manufacturer chose to offer. One of
the most significant  developments in recent years is the introduction of "open"
systems that permit users to customize  their  telephone  system by adding those
applications  packages  suitable to their  communications  needs.  Open  systems
provide an open application  interface  ("OAI") through which a telephone system
can be linked to a computer.  The computer can then command the telephone system
to perform  certain  functions,  such as to answer,  hold,  delay,  or  transfer
telephone  calls.  The OAI is different for each switch  manufacturer and useful
only if a software  developer  kit ("SDK") is also  provided to third parties by
the switch manufacturers.

   Because of the  technological  advances that have arisen due to  digitization
and open systems,  more  flexible and useful  telephone  applications  are being
developed to solve current  communications  problems.  For example,  a decade of
downsizing  and  corporate  cost  cutting has  produced a large  number of small
businesses and  work-at-home  employees.  The industry  estimates that nearly 30
million  people work at least  part-time out of their homes.  This has created a
large market for small  telephone  systems,  personal  computers,  fax machines,
modems and other  devices  required by home  offices.  These users need products
that can better integrate voice and data at the desktop level.


   Changes in the telecommunications industry extend to the international market
as well. Developing countries recognize that advanced telecommunications systems
and networks are essential to attract  foreign  investment  and stimulate  local
economies. In some countries, people must wait several years for basic dial tone
service.  There is a large,  ready demand for delivery  systems that can provide
basic service in short time frames and at  economical  prices.  Among  developed
nations,   there  is  a  sustained  trend  toward  privatization  of  government
telecommunications  monopolies  in  favor  of  competition  at all  levels.  The
Company,  with much  experience  working in a competitive  environment,  is well
positioned to take advantage of these opportunities.

Strategy


   The  Company  is  pursuing  three  fundamental   business   strategies:   (i)
maintaining a leadership  position in its core  business of delivering  advanced
telecommunications  systems to the U.S. domestic market through wholesale supply
house  distribution  channels,  (ii)  achieving  growth  through  expansion into
international  markets,  and (iii)  being a leader in the  emerging  market  for
systems  solutions  based on CTI. The Company seeks to support these  strategies
through the following approaches. 

Maintaining a Broad and Efficient Distribution Network


   The Company distributes its products through a network of approximately 7,400
independent  dealers,  of which  approximately  1,400 have  written  contractual
arrangements with the Company. This network enables the Company to achieve broad
geographic penetration, as well as access to some of the 

                                18
<PAGE>
fastest  growing  markets in the country.  The  Company's  distribution  network
centers  around a key  group of  wholesale  supply  houses,  through  which  the
Company's  products are made  available  to dealers.  These  dealers  market the
Company's  products to small to medium  sized  organizations  and  divisions  of
larger  organizations.  The Company's strategy enables it to virtually eliminate
bad debt  exposure  and  minimize  administration,  credit  checking,  and sales
expenses, as well as finished goods inventory levels. Wholesale supply houses in
turn  are  able  to  sell  related  products  such  as  cable,  connectors,  and
installation  tools.  Dealers  have the  benefits of  competitive  sourcing  and
reduced inventory carrying costs.


Targeting Small to Medium Sized Organizations

   The Company has  traditionally  focused on  organizations  requiring small to
medium sized  telecommunications  systems, which the Company believes represents
about  six  million  establishments  in the  United  States,  according  to U.S.
government  statistics.  The  Company's  products  offer this market many of the
features previously available only in large, proprietary systems that were often
not as affordable to this market. 

Offering a Broad Range of Products


   The Company currently offers digital and analog business  telephone  systems,
along  with  a  variety  of   enhancements  to  the  Company's   products,   CTI
applications,  and several other products.  Due to the fact that the software is
designed to be compatible with most of the Company's  telephones,  end users are
able to enhance  and  upgrade  their  systems  without  having to replace  their
telephone  equipment.  The  Company  believes  that this broad range of products
allows dealers to meet  differing  price and feature  requirements.  The Company
continuously  strives to introduce  new products to meet the needs of a changing
market. 

Developing Strategic Alliances


   The Company has developed  strategic  alliances with several other companies,
in order to  build on the  strengths  of  these  companies  and  bring  the best
possible  products  to the market at a lower  cost.  For  example,  pursuant  to
strategic  alliances,  the Company has developed the Tracker on-site  integrated
paging  system  with  Motorola,  Inc.  ("Motorola"),   and  the  Scout  wireless
multi-line telephone supporting features of the Company's systems with Uniden of
America Corporation ("Uniden").  In addition, the Company has joined with Active
Voice Corporation  ("Active Voice") for the Company's  ExecuMail system and with
Novell for its Enterprise for Telephony Services. 

Pursuing International Opportunities


   The Company chooses its international  markets  carefully,  with a preference
for  emerging  yet stable  economies  with  technical  standards  close to North
America's  (to  minimize  costly   redesigns),   and  an  open  and  competitive
telecommunications  marketplace. In 1994, international sales were approximately
$3 million, including sales to Canada, Latin America, the Middle East, and South
Africa.  The  Company  has  entered  into a  licensing  and  original  equipment
manufacturer ("OEM") relationship with Corporate Telephone Systems (Proprietary)
Limited ("Teleboss"), a major South African telecommunications  manufacturer and
dealer,  pursuant to which  Teleboss is serving as a  distributor  of  specified
products made by the Company,  and has a license from the Company to manufacture
certain subassemblies used in those products.

Computer -- Telephony Application

   The Company is addressing the CTI opportunity on several fronts.  The Company
believes that the essential  ingredients  for  successful CTI include (i) "open"
telephone systems,  such as the Company's DXP, (ii) communication  links between
the telephone system and computer or computer network,  (iii) a telephony server
(if integration is over a LAN), and (iv) applications software. 

                                19
<PAGE>

   The Company believes that in order to maximize  profitability in the emerging
markets for CTI, it must create the applications software for promising vertical
markets and small  businesses,  such as real  estate,  legal,  and  retail.  The
Company's  strategy is to develop  applications for these vertical markets using
capabilities  already  available such as screen pops,  directory dialing from an
existing data base,  facsimile  transmission  from the desktop personal computer
("PC"), and unified messaging displays.

Promoting Industry Accepted Interface Standards

   In order to integrate  computers and  telecommunications  equipment,  several
standards  have been  developed.  The  Company  was  among  the first  telephone
manufacturing  companies  to commit to the  Novell  standard,  called  Telephony
Services  Application  Programming  Interface  ("TSAPI").   The  TSAPI  standard
provides a stable  platform for a Novell  NetWare  Network to integrate with the
features and  functionality  of a telephone  switch.  This  standard also allows
third-party  developers to write applications in a non-proprietary  environment,
rather than using a specific system  vendor's SDK, thus  decreasing  development
time and  application  investment  costs.  The Company also has  demonstrated  a
prototype working interface card to support  Microsoft's  Telephony  Application
Programming  Interface ("TAPI") standard that allows users to control any of the
Company's  digital  telephone  systems  through  their  PC  and  access  special
telephony applications now being developed for desktop PC users.

Developing of Open Application Interface

   The Company  believes that OAI provide many advantages to systems  developers
including  reducing the time needed to develop new products and providing access
to a variety of applications from third-party vendors. Some manufacturers charge
high prices for the  interface  and  software  development  kit.  While this has
retarded growth of CTI applications, prices are now coming down. The Company was
the second manufacturer to equip a small to medium sized system with an OAI, and
the first to offer the interface link and SDK essentially for free. 

Products


   The Company offers a variety of telephone systems, including digital systems,
analog systems,  enhancements to the Company's products,  CTI applications,  and
other products. 

Digital Systems


   DXP is a  digital  switch,  introduced  in  1992,  that  is  compatible  with
virtually all of the Company's analog and digital telephones. This compatability
allows the Company  and its  dealers to target  larger end users while using the
same telephones as those used in the Company's smaller systems.  Currently,  the
DXP provides customers with an affordable system that can be expanded to support
up to 192 ports that can be configured as incoming lines or telephones.  The DXP
has more call  processing  features than smaller  systems,  including  automatic
route  selection and an optional  PC-based  attendant  position.  The DXP may be
linked to various CTI  applications  using the Company's  Enterprise  SDK, which
allows external  PC-based  software packages to manage the DXP for any number of
specialized  applications.  Properly designed digital telephone systems, such as
the  Company's  DXP, are also  directly  compatible  with T-1 service lines from
telecommunications  service providers. A T-1 line is a digital service line that
is  equivalent  to 24 voice  channels or can  transmit  data at 1.5 megabits per
second. The Company is currently testing an even larger version of the DXP to be
introduced in the second half of 1995.

   Impact  digital  telephone  systems were  introduced  in November  1992,  and
support up to 24 lines and 48 telephones.  This system includes a digital switch
and Impact digital  telephones  which offer a variety of features,  including an
interactive  liquid crystal display  ("LCD"),  interactive  feature keys,  three
color  lighted  status  indicators,  and a subdued off-hook voice  announce  for
receiving intercom calls while on a telephone call.


   DigiTech  digital  systems were  introduced in January 1991 with switches and
telephones  designed for the business  market  supporting  up to 24 lines and 48
telephones.  DigiTech offers  automatic set relocation,  remote  programming,  a
replaceable software cartridge, and other sophisticated features.

                                20

<PAGE>
Analog Systems


   Unisyn is an analog telephone system,  introduced in 1994,  designed to offer
advanced features to very small  organizations.  Two models are offered,  one of
which  supports  up to three  lines and eight  telephones,  and the other  which
supports up to  six lines and 16  telephones.  Display  model  telephones  offer
interactive  function keys to simplify  feature  access.  Another  capability of
Unisyn is its optional  compatibility  with standard  interface  analog devices,
such as single line telephones, fax machines, and modems.

   ExecuTech  2000  Unitized  Expandable  Hybrid  Systems  are  analog  systems,
introduced in 1989, the largest base system of which supports up to 16 lines and
32  telephones.  The addition of expansion  modules allows end users to increase
capacity to a maximum  combination  of 80 lines and  telephones.  These  systems
provide subdued  off-hook voice  announce,  built-in  battery backup  interface,
integrated call costing, and many other features.


   ExecuTech XE Key Systems are analog  telephone  systems,  introduced in 1989,
that  support up to 10 lines and 24  telephones.  All  systems  support the same
family  of  full-featured  telephones.  The  switch  is  unitized,  or a closed,
self-contained  unit,  making the ExecuTech XE system economical to manufacture,
easy to install,  and  beneficial to end users who do not have to buy additional
components to add features.


   ExecuTech II Hybrid  products are analog  telephone  systems,  introduced  in
1986,  consisting of models  supporting up to 22 lines and 96  telephones.  This
line of systems  supports  economical  ExecuTech  single-line  telephones  and a
variety of multi-line terminals including an LCD model.

   InnTouch is a line of four analog hospitality systems, the first of which was
introduced  in 1987,  that  support  up to 22 lines  and 128  telephones.  These
systems  feature a front desk video display  terminal,  integrated call costing,
and multi-featured room phones.

   Solo II is an analog telephone system, introduced in 1986, that is offered in
three and four line models and provides a sophisticated set of features that are
easy to program and cost effective. 

Product Enhancements

   ExecuMail is an integrated voice processing  system,  introduced in 1990, for
use with  selected  telephone  systems  offered by the  Company.  ExecuMail  was
developed in  cooperation  with Active  Voice,  and provides both voice mail and
automated attendant service.


   Scout is the Company's  first wireless  multi-line  telephone,  introduced in
1995.  This  telephone  allows  users  to  roam  freely  within  their  business
environments  and  still  receive  or place  calls.  Scout  phones  offer an LCD
display,  multi-line  access,  programmable  keys,  an  intercom,  and  head-set
convenience. The portable handset weighs only 8.5 ounces. Scout was developed in
cooperation with Uniden, a major supplier of wireless communications products.

   Tracker  is an on-site  integrated  paging  system  introduced  in 1994.  The
purpose of the product is to help assure that calls are quickly and  efficiently
completed  to  individuals  who are at work,  but not  always  by their  phones.
Tracker,  which  operates on one of the  Company's  digital  telephone  systems,
includes a Tracker base station and personal  pagers  equipped  with an LCD. The
personal  pagers sound an alert or vibrate to notify users of incoming  calls or
important  messages.  A user can retrieve  calls by going to the nearest  Impact
phone and  dialing  a special  code that is  displayed  on the LCD.  A  valuable
feature of Tracker is its  compatability  with related products  manufactured by
the Company. Tracker was developed in cooperation with Motorola. 

CTI Applications


   Enterprise is the Company's OAI software  developer's tool kit, introduced in
1993,  used  with  the  DXP  system.   Enterprise  allows  independent  software
developers  to access the DXP system  software  using more than 100  commands to
create unique applications for specific vertical markets,  such as telemarketing
groups, emergency services, call centers, taxi services, and multimedia centers.
One of the 

                                21
<PAGE>

initial OAI applications  developed using Enterprise is an Enhanced 911 ("E911")
emergency  telephone  system.  Enterprise is a platform for the  development  of
applications based upon the convergence of computer and telephony technologies.

   InnTouch DXP is a digital telephone system,  introduced in 1994, designed for
hospitality  applications.  The  system  consists  of a DXP,  Impact  multi-line
administration  phones,   single-line  guest  phones,  and  special  hospitality
software.  The guest phones may be industry  standard  message waiting models or
the  Company's  own  HoTelephones.  HoTelephones  provide  added  functionality,
including programmable keys and an auxiliary jack for modem connection. Standard
system features include  check-in/check-out,  automatic  wake-up calls,  message
waiting  indication,  call costing,  maid status,  and many other valuable hotel
management  features.  The optional InnTouch processing monitor is linked to the
DXP via the Company's  proprietary  Enterprise CTI link and provides full screen
display of room,  telephone and maid status.  InnTouch  serves hotel  properties
requiring up to 192  telephones.  InnTouch was designed in  cooperation  with an
independent software developer.

   QuickQ ACD is a digital  telephone system,  introduced in 1994,  designed for
call  center  use.  The  system  consists  of a DXP,  Impact  telephones,  voice
announcing equipment,  special automatic call distribution  software,  and a PC.
The QuickQ  answers and  distributes  incoming  calls  rapidly and  efficiently,
helping  to assure  maximum  call  center  productivity  and  superior  customer
response levels.  Up to 96 reports are provided,  detailing call volume and call
center performance. The QuickQ ACD has a maximum capacity of 64 outside lines to
support up to 48  telephones in use  simultaneously.  Like the InnTouch DXP, the
QuickQ  is a CTI  product,  based on the  Company's  Enterprise  link to the DXP
operating  system.  QuickQ  was  designed  in  cooperation  with an  independent
software developer.

   E911 Systems are specially engineered telephone systems,  introduced in 1994,
for handling  emergency  ("911")  telephone calls. The Company's systems deliver
valuable  information  to  emergency  dispatchers  using  caller  identification
technology in conjunction  with other  databases in order to access  information
such as the street address and profile of the emergency caller.  Dispatchers can
send help  swiftly to the  correct  address and  provide  information  needed to
respond  appropriately  to the  situation.  All calls are  recorded  for  future
reference,  and operators can handle  multiple  calls  without  losing  valuable
information.  The Company's E911 system makes  extensive use of CTI. The Company
contracts with municipal authorities for the purchase of the equipment. 

   Enterprise  for  Telephony  Services is a line of software and  documentation
products,  introduced  in 1995,  used by dealers to  integrate a DXP switch with
Novell Netware based LAN networks.  When installed in a network server, PC users
on the LAN can command the DXP to perform telephony functions from their PCs and
access special applications software.  Several products are available to support
up to 250 telephones.

Other Products


   HoTelephone,  introduced in 1984, comes in a variety of models.  In 1990, the
Company  added models with  programmable  soft keys and the "Take II" model that
simulates  two-line  service.  Specially  designed for business  travelers,  the
HoTelephone  for motel and hotel guest rooms offers  memory keys for  one-button
dialing of various  services,  plus a message  waiting  lamp,  hold button,  and
built-in data jack for connecting portable computers and fax machines.

   Voice Express is a fully featured  multi-function  display telephone that was
introduced in the early 1980s, with integrated speakerphone,  autodial, and many
standard features for use behind different types of switches.  Voice Express may
be optionally  equipped  with a two-line  module or the user can add special six
and ten button modules for use with older telephone equipment.


Sales and Marketing


   The Company has  established an extensive  two-tiered  distribution  network,
whereby the Company sells its products to wholesale  supply houses which in turn
sell  the  Company's  products  to  approximately  7,400  independent   dealers.
International  sales  are  accomplished   through  a  network  of  international
distributors.  These  customers buy direct from Comdial,  normally by letters of
credit, and resell to end users or other dealers.  With the exception of federal
government sales, no products are distributed directly to end users.

                                22

<PAGE>

   The Company distributes products to nine major wholesale supply houses, three
of which each account for more than 10% of the Company's sales.  These wholesale
supply  houses are  Graybar  Electric  Company,  Inc.("Graybar"),  North  Supply
Company,  Inc.("North  Supply"), a subsidiary of Sprint Corporation,  and ALLTEL
Supply, Inc.("ALLTEL"), a subsidiary of ALLTEL Corporation, a stockholder of the
Company,  which in the aggregate in 1994 accounted for  approximately 78% of the
Company's sales. In 1994, sales to Graybar,  North Supply and ALLTEL amounted to
approximately  $31.3  million  (41% of net  sales),  $16.3  million  (21% of net
sales), and $12.4 million (16% of net sales), respectively.

   The  Company has two classes of dealers,  Preferred  and  Associate  Dealers.
Preferred  Dealers  generally have greater sales and technical  skills,  and are
strongly committed to the Company's  products.  The Company offers an attractive
incentive  package for  Preferred  Dealers,  including  exclusive  access to the
Company's  most popular and advanced  products,  cash rebates  related to dealer
purchase levels, cooperative advertising allowances and a measure of territorial
protection.  For example,  special software is required to connect the Company's
popular  Impact  telephones  with DXP switches,  which is not available from the
wholesale  supply houses,  but rather sold and shipped  exclusively to Preferred
Dealers.  Preferred Dealers have sales quotas, and the sales department monitors
their performance against these targets.  By contrast,  Associate Dealers do not
have quotas.  They  purchase  Comdial  products on an as-needed  basis,  and are
rewarded  through  product  rebates.   The  Company  has   approximately   7,400
independent  dealers,  of which  approximately  1,400 have  written  contractual
arrangements  with the Company,  divided  almost equally  between  Preferred and
Associate Dealers.

   The  Company's  sales  organization  seeks  to  recruit,  train  and  support
individual dealers to facilitate  promotion and sale of the Company's  products.
Dealer and  distributor  sales are managed by 14 territory  managers,  organized
into Western and Eastern  regions.  Each territory  manager has a  corresponding
Inside  Sales  Representative.   Field  Sales  Representatives   concentrate  on
supporting  Preferred  Dealers  and the  distributors  from whom they  purchase.
Within their respective  territories,  Field Sales  Representatives are based in
large  cities and work out of home  offices.  There are also small  sales  teams
focused  on  sales  to  the  United  States   government  and  to  international
distributors.

   Each territory manager is responsible for recruiting new dealers and training
and motivating existing dealers. Dealers are supported through telephone contact
with Inside Sales Representatives, direct mail, and local product seminars often
organized  by  distributors.  To  stimulate  street  level  demand,  Field Sales
Representatives  make  joint  sales  calls  with  dealers to end users and train
dealer   sales   personnel  in  product   benefits.   Product   specialists   in
Charlottesville are available to help engineer complex  configurations and solve
technical  problems.  All sales  personnel earn incentive  income based on sales
results. 

   Advertising and public relations efforts are also directed to dealers through
trade  magazines such as Teleconnect and  Computer-Telephony.  Trade shows are a
major element of the Company's  marketing  plans.  The Company is always a major
draw at the annual UNICOM and Computer-Telephony shows.


   CTI  products  are  marketed  somewhat  differently.  E911  systems  are sold
directly  by  dedicated  sales  personnel,  with  installation  and  maintenance
performed by  qualified  dealers.  Comdial  brand  software and bundled  systems
solutions are purchased through wholesale supply houses like the Company's other
products.  Third-party  applications software can be purchased directly from the
Company through the CT Direct catalog.

   The Company's dealers are primarily  responsible for supporting end users who
purchase the Company's products. The Company does, however,  provide substantial
technical  support to its  dealers at no  additional  cost to them.  The Company
maintains a technical support staff devoted to dealer support which is available
on a toll free basis  twelve hours per day with  emergency  service on weekends.
The  Company  also  generally  provides a limited  warranty  on  elements of its
products,  permitting factory returns within 24 months after sale.  Although the
Company does not offer  maintenance  contracts  for its systems,  dealers  often
independently sell maintenance contracts to end users.


   Because the Company's sales are made under  short-term sales orders issued by
customers  on  a  month-to-month  basis,  rather  than  under  long-term  supply
contracts,  backlog  is  not  material  to an  understanding  of  the  Company's
business.

                                23
<PAGE>
Engineering, Research and Development


   The Company  believes  that it must  continue to  introduce  new products and
enhance existing products to maintain a competitive position in the marketplace.
The  Company's  engineering  department,   working  in  collaboration  with  the
marketing and manufacturing departments,  is responsible for the design of these
new products and enhancements.  A significant amount of engineering expenditures
are  dedicated  to new  product  development,  with  the  balance  used for cost
reductions and performance enhancements to existing products. Early in 1993, the
Company changed the  responsibilities  of its engineering  staff to include both
product development and support of a product through its entire life cycle. This
requires  engineers  to perform  multiple  tasks in  addition  to  research  and
development.  Although research and development costs for the fiscal years ended
1994,  1993,  and 1992  comprise  the  majority of  engineering,  research,  and
development   costs,   which  were  $3,932,000,   $3,424,000,   and  $3,784,000,
respectively,  the Company is unable to  segregate  and  quantify  the amount of
research  and  development  costs from other  engineering  costs for such fiscal
years.

   At this time, the Company's new product  investments are heavily  directed in
three areas (i)  expansion  of its digital  product  line,  (ii)  extending  OAI
capability  to  a  broader  range  of  the   Company's   platforms,   and  (iii)
"internationalization"  of  existing  and  new  products.  The  efforts  are not
independent of each other.  For example,  a new digital system might be designed
to provide an OAI and to be available in models compatible with the standards of
the Company's prime international markets.

   The Company anticipates introducing a larger version of the DXP in the second
half of 1995. This should extend the Company's  ability to deliver CTI solutions
to larger businesses.  Field trials for this product began in May, 1995. Efforts
are also  underway to develop a smaller  platform,  or series of  platforms,  to
deliver CTI solutions to smaller  businesses.  Another important design activity
is  the  completion  of  special   telephony   cards   supporting   desktop  CTI
applications. The demand for these products is expected to grow, coincident with
the release and anticipated  broad market  acceptance of Microsoft's  Windows 95
operating system. 

Manufacturing and Quality Control


   The  Company's  manufacturing  process  is  vertically  integrated,  and uses
advanced  automated   assembly  and  test  equipment  and  computer   controlled
sequencing  machines.  Beginning in 1991, the Company made further  productivity
improvements by employing surface mount technology  ("SMT") in the production of
predrilled  printed wire boards  ("PWBs").  Between  1992 and 1994,  the Company
further expanded SMT  productivity.  Components  designed for SMT production are
smaller,  and allow for the  placement  of more  components  in the same surface
area. In addition,  the components are placed on the surface rather than through
the surface  which allows  placement of  components on both sides of the PWB. In
most cases,  this reduces the required  number of PWBs and  connectors,  thereby
providing a major improvement in quality and product reliability, a reduction in
product cost, and an improvement in profit  margins.  The Company  believes that
approximately 10% of its costs are associated with labor expenses.

   The Company also  manufactures  injection  molded plastic  parts,  fabricated
metal parts, and other components.  The Company's  employees  assemble completed
PWBs, components,  plastics,  and other purchased or manufactured  subassemblies
into  completed  products.  The  Company has been able to utilize  excess  plant
capacity  by  contracting  with  third-parties  who use the  Company's  plastics
molding  equipment.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations." 

   The Company  attempts to monitor  the quality of the  manufacturing  process.
Individual assemblers and machine operators are trained to inspect subassemblies
as the work passes through their respective  areas. In addition,  some automated
production machines perform quality tests concurrently with assembly operations.
The Company believes that this high level of automation and vertical integration
improves  quality,  cost,  and customer  satisfaction.  In 1994, the Company was
certified by the International  Organization for Standardization  ("ISO") at the
most  rigorous  ISO  9001  level,   which  rates  systems  and   procedures  for
manufacturing, engineering, product design, and customer service.

                                24
<PAGE>
Competition


   The market for the  Company's  products  is highly  competitive.  The Company
competes with  approximately  20 companies,  many of which,  such as AT&T Corp.,
Northern Telecom Inc., and Toshiba Corp., have significantly  greater financial,
marketing and technical  resources than the Company.  Key competitive factors in
the sale of  telephone  systems and related  applications  include  performance,
features,  reliability,  service and  support,  name  recognition,  distribution
capability,  and price. The Company  believes that it competes  favorably in its
market with respect to the performance,  features,  and price of its systems, as
well as the level of service and support that the Company provides. In marketing
its telephone  systems,  the Company also emphasizes quality as evidenced by its
ISO 9001 certification and high technology  features.  In addition,  the Company
competes with its  competitors  to attract and retain  dealers for its products.
The Company expects that  competition will continue to be intense in the markets
that it serves,  and there can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to
continue to compete  successfully in the marketplace or that the Company will be
able to maintain its current dealer network. 

Intellectual Property


   From  time  to  time,  the  Company  is  subject  to   proceedings   alleging
infringement  by the Company of  intellectual  property  rights of others.  Such
proceedings  could require the Company to expend  significant sums in litigation
and could require the Company to pay significant damages, develop non-infringing
technology,  or acquire  licenses to the  technology  that is the subject of the
asserted infringement.  Moreover, the Company relies upon copyright,  trademark,
and trade secret protection to protect the Company's  proprietary  rights in its
products.  There can be no assurance that these  protections will be adequate to
deter misappropriation of the Company's technologies or independent  third-party
development of similar technologies.


   Because the  telecommunications  manufacturing  industry is  characterized by
rapid technological change with frequent new product and feature  introductions,
industry  participants  often find it necessary to develop products and features
similar to those  introduced  by others,  with  incomplete  knowledge of whether
patent  protection  may have been applied for or may  ultimately  be obtained by
competitors  or  others.  The  telecommunications   manufacturing  industry  has
historically   witnessed  numerous   allegations  of  patent   infringement  and
considerable  related  litigation  among  competitors.  The  Company  itself has
received claims of patent  infringement from several parties,  including certain
competitors  such as  Phonometrics,  Inc.,  which  has since  licensed  patented
technology to the Company. Although the Company's investigation of some of these
claims  has  been  limited  by the  claims'  lack of  specificity,  the  limited
availability of factual information and documentation related to the claims, and
the expense of pursuing exhaustive patent reviews, the Company believes that its
systems  do not  currently  infringe  valid  patents of any such  claimants.  In
response to prior  infringement  claims,  the  Company has pursued and  obtained
nonexclusive  licenses  entitling  the  Company to utilize  certain  fundamental
patented  functions that are widely licensed and used in the  telecommunications
manufacturing industry.  These licenses expire upon expiration of the underlying
patents.

   Although the Company  believes that it currently owns or has adequate  rights
to utilize all material  technologies  relating to its products, as it continues
to develop new products and features in the future,  it anticipates  that it may
receive  additional claims of patent  infringement.  Such claims could result in
the Company's incurring  substantial legal expenses and being required to obtain
licenses, pay damages for infringement, or cease offering products that infringe
such patents.  There can be no assurance  that a license for any such  infringed
technology  would be  available to the Company or, even if  available,  that the
terms of any such license would be satisfactory.

Employees


   As of April 2, 1995,  the Company had 801  full-time  employees,  of whom 572
were engaged in  manufacturing,  103 in product  development and support,  71 in
sales, and 55 in general  management and  administration.  The Company has never
experienced a work stoppage and no employees  are  represented  by labor unions.
The Company believes that its employee relations are good.


                                25
<PAGE>
Properties


   The Company  designs,  manufactures,  and markets all of its products  from a
fully-integrated,  approximately 500,000 square foot manufacturing facility on a
25  acre  site  located  in  Charlottesville,  Virginia.  All of  the  Company's
operations and development are located at this facility, which the Company owns.
The Company  believes that its facilities are adequate for both the operation of
its business as presently conducted and expansion in the foreseeable future.

   The  Company's  facilities  are subject to a variety of federal,  state,  and
local  environmental  protection  laws  and  regulations,  including  provisions
relating  to the  discharge  of  materials  into  the  environment.  The cost of
compliance with such laws and regulations has not had a material  adverse effect
upon the Company's capital expenditures,  earnings or competitive position,  and
it is not anticipated to have a material adverse effect in the future.

   In  1988,  the  Company  voluntarily  discontinued  its  use  of  a  concrete
underground  hydraulic oil and chlorinated  solvent storage tank. In conjunction
therewith, nearby soil and groundwater contamination was noted. As a result, the
Company  developed a plan of remediation that was approved by the Virginia Water
Control  Board on January 31, 1989.  The plan was later  amended and approved by
the  Virginia  Department  of  Environmental  Quality,  after  which the Company
commenced the  remediation  efforts  required  thereunder.  In 1993, the Company
provided a $45,000  reserve for the estimated cost to implement the  remediation
plan.

                               LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

   There are no material pending legal proceedings,  other than ordinary routine
litigation  incidental  to the  business,  to which  the  Company  or any of its
subsidiaries is a party or to which any of their property is the subject.

                                26

<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

   The following  table sets forth certain  information  regarding the Company's
directors, executive officers and a key employee.


        Name               Age                  Position
        ----               ---                  --------
Officers and Directors
  William G. Mustain  ..   53    Chairman of the Board, President, and Chief
                                   Executive Officer
  Wayne R. Wilver ......   61    Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,
                                   Treasurer, and Secretary
  Stephen C. Ayers  ....   40    Vice President, Sales and Marketing
  Joe D. Ford ..........   47    Vice President, Human Resources
  Keith J. Johnstone  ..   48    Vice President, Manufacturing
  Lawrence K. Tate  ....   52    Vice President, Quality
  Ove Villadsen ........   54    Vice President, Engineering
  A.M. Gleason .........   65    Director
  Michael C. Henderson     48    Director
  William E. Porter  ...   50    Director
  John W. Rosenblum  ...   51    Director
  Dianne C. Walker  ....   38    Director

Key Employee 
  William C. Grover  ...   56    President, Comdial Enterprise Systems, Inc.



   The business experience, principal occupations and employment, as well as the
periods of  service,  of each of the  directors,  executive  officers  and a key
employee of the Company during at least the last five years are set forth below.


   William G. Mustain joined the Company as Vice President of Operations in June
1987 and assumed the position of President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
in May  1989.  In April  1995,  Mr.  Mustain  became  Chairman  of the  Board of
Directors.  Prior to joining the  Company,  Mr.  Mustain was Vice  President  of
Operations   (Engineering  and   Manufacturing)   for  Norand   Corporation,   a
manufacturer   and   marketer  of  mobile   computing   systems   and   premises
based-wireless data communication  networks,  from 1983 to 1987 and held various
engineering and manufacturing  positions with General Electric Company from 1964
to 1983.


   Wayne R. Wilver joined the Company in July 1986 and has served in his present
position as Senior Vice  President,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Treasurer,  and
Secretary  since May 1989.  Between  1983 and 1986,  Mr.  Wilver  served as Vice
President -- Finance and Business Management and Treasurer to the U.S. Committee
for Energy  Awareness.  From 1955 to 1983,  Mr.  Wilver held various  management
positions with General Electric Company,  including Chief Financial Executive of
its Mobile Communications Business division.

   Stephen C. Ayers  joined the Company in November  1988 as Vice  President  in
charge  of Sales  and  Marketing.  Prior to that  time,  he held  various  sales
management positions with BellSouth  Communications  Systems, Inc., a subsidiary
of BellSouth, Inc.

   Keith J. Johnstone was elected Vice President in charge of Manufacturing  for
the  Company in May 1990.  He has been  employed in various  positions  with the
Company and its affiliates since 1980,  including  Director of Customer Service,
Director of Materials, Director of Manufacturing Systems, and Plant Manager.

   Joe D. Ford was elected Vice President in charge of Human  Resources in April
1995. Prior to his election,  Mr. Ford served as the Company's Director of Human
Resources. Mr. Ford joined Stromberg-

                                27

<PAGE>

Carlson Telephone  Systems,  Inc., a division of General  Dynamics,  in 1979 and
joined  the  Company  when  it  acquired   Stromberg-Carlson's   Charlottesville
operations in October 1982.

   Lawrence K. Tate was elected Vice  President in charge of Quality in November
1982.  Between 1969 and 1982, he held various  management  positions,  including
Vice President --  Manufacturing  Operations,  for  Stromberg-Carlson  Telephone
Systems, Inc., which operated the Charlottesville  manufacturing facility before
the Company acquired it in October 1982.

   Ove  Villadsen  was elected Vice  President in charge of  Engineering  in May
1989.  Prior to that time, Mr.  Villadsen served as Vice President of one of the
Company's  subsidiaries and has been employed in various management positions by
the Company or its affiliates since 1980.


   A.  M.  Gleason  retired  in May  1995  as  Vice  Chairman  and  director  of
PacifiCorp, a diversified public utility. Prior to January 1994, Mr. Gleason was
President and Chief  Executive  Officer of PacifiCorp.  He is also a director of
Tektronix,  Inc., Blount, Inc., and Fred Meyer, Inc. Mr. Gleason has served as a
director of the Company since 1981.


   Michael C. Henderson is President and Chief  Executive  Officer of PacifiCorp
Holdings,  Inc., a holding company which owns 87% of Pacific Telecom,  Inc., and
100% of Pacific Generation Company and PacifiCorp Financial Services, Inc. He is
also President and Chief  Executive  Officer of PacifiCorp  Financial  Services,
Inc.,  a  diversified  financial  services  company,  and served as  Chairman of
Pacific  Generation  Company,   developer  and  operator  of  independent  power
projects. Prior to April 1993, Mr. Henderson was Vice President -- Community and
Energy Services of PacifiCorp.  Between April 1991 and April 1992, Mr. Henderson
served as Senior Vice President  -Portfolio  Management of PacifiCorp  Financial
Services,  Inc. ("PFS"),  and in that capacity held various management positions
in  companies  in which  PFS  held  equity  interests.  From  1986 to 1990,  Mr.
Henderson  served as Chief Executive  Officer of Crescent  Foods,  Inc., and was
President of Sound Strategies, a solely owned consulting firm from 1990 to 1991.
Mr. Henderson serves as Chairman of the Board of Albina Community  Bancorp.  Mr.
Henderson has served as a director of the Company since April 1995.


   William E. Porter is Vice  President  -- Project  Future of Trigon Blue Cross
Blue Shield (formerly Blue Cross Blue Shield of Virginia).  Between 1992 and May
1994,  Mr. Porter was a Vice  President of the  Integrated  Systems  Division of
Century Technologies  Corporation,  a systems integration company.  Between 1990
and 1992,  Mr.  Porter  served as Deputy  Chief of Staff for the Governor of the
Commonwealth  of Virginia  and as Deputy  Secretary  of Commerce  and Trade.  He
served as a director of the Metropolitan  Washington  Airports Authority between
1992 and 1994 and as a director of Virginia's  Center for Innovative  Technology
in 1993. Mr. Porter has served as a director of the Company since July 1994.


   John W. Rosenblum is a Tayloe Murphy Professor of Business Administration and
was  Dean  from  1983  to  1993  at  the  Darden  Graduate  School  of  Business
Administration  at  the  University  of  Virginia.  He is  also  a  director  of
Chesapeake  Corporation,  Cadmus Communications Corp., T. Rowe Price Associates,
and Cone Mills  Corporation.  Mr.  Rosenblum  has  served as a  director  of the
Company since 1992.

   Dianne C. Walker is an independent consultant. Prior to January 1995, she was
a consultant to Bear Stearns & Co. Inc., an  investment  banking firm.  Prior to
August 1992, she was a consultant to and between April 1990 and July 1991,  Vice
President of Kidder  Peabody & Co.,  Inc., an investment  banking firm.  Between
1988 and  1990,  Ms.  Walker  was a  consultant  to  Pacific  Telecom,  Inc.,  a
telecommunications  company and an affiliate  of PCI and of the Company.  She is
also a director of Satellite  Technology  Management,  Inc.,  Catalina Marketing
Corporation,  Arizona Public Service Company, and Microtest, Inc. Ms. Walker has
served as a director of the Company since 1986.

   William C. Grover has been the President of CES, a wholly owned subsidiary of
the Company which markets CTI hardware and software since August 1993.  Prior to
joining the Company,  Mr. Grover was the Chief  Executive  Officer of a software
database  company  after  spending 17 years as an executive  at Sperry  Computer
Systems, three years as Senior Vice President -- Sales and Marketing for Norand,
and two years as President of Sequoia Systems.


                                28

<PAGE>
                      PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS


   The following  table sets forth certain  information as of June 12, 1995, and
as  adjusted  to reflect  the sale of  1,000,000  shares of Common  Stock by the
Company  and  2,000,000  shares  by the  Selling  Stockholder  in this  offering
regarding  the  beneficial  ownership of the  Company's  Common Stock by (i) all
persons known by the Company to own  beneficially  more than 5% of the Company's
Common Stock, (ii) each director and officer of the Company, (iii) all directors
and  officers of the Company as a group and (iv) the  Selling  Stockholder.  All
information  with  respect to  ownership  by the  Selling  Stockholder  has been
furnished by the Selling Stockholder.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Amount and                                      Percent of Outstanding
                                          Nature  of       Shares    Shares Owned           Stock   Owned(3)
                                          Beneficial       Being         After         Before                After
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner      Ownership(1)   Offered(2)   Offering(2)     Offering              Offering
- --------------------------------------    ---------     ---------      -------         -------               ------
<S>                                       <C>           <C>          <C>                <C>                  <C>
PacifiCorp Credit, Inc. (4), (5) ......   2,907,169     2,000,000      907,169           41.1%               11.2%
 825 N. E. Multnomah Street Suite 775
 Portland, Oregon 97232-2152
ALLTEL Corporation (4).................     365,222           --       365,222            5.2%                4.5%
 One Allied Drive 
 Little Rock, Arkansas 72202 ..........
Dimensional Fund Advisors, Inc. (4),
(6)....................................     367,233           --       367,233            5.2%                4.5%
 1299 Ocean Avenue, Suite 650 
 Santa Monica, California 90401........
A. M. Gleason (7)......................      19,600           --        19,600                               **
Michael C. Henderson (8), (9)..........   2,910,503           --       910,503           41.1%               11.3%
William E. Porter (9)..................       6,666           --         6,666                               **
John W. Rosenblum (9)..................      13,333           --        13,333                               **
Dianne C. Walker (10)..................      16,700           --        16,700                               **
William G. Mustain ....................      41,895           --        41,895                               **
Wayne R. Wilver (11)...................      24,444           --        24,444                               **
Stephen C. Ayers (12) .................      13,222           --        13,222                               **
Joe D. Ford (13) ......................       1,711           --         1,711                               **
Keith J. Johnstone (14) ...............       6,845           --         6,845                               **
Lawrence K. Tate (15) .................      20,088           --        20,088                               **
Ove Villadsen (14) ....................       9,678           --         9,678                               **
All directors and officers as a group
(12 persons) (16) .....................   3,084,686           --     1,084,685           43.3%              13.3%
<FN>


*   Less than one percent of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock.

(1) Beneficial  ownership is determined in accordance  with Rule 13d-3 under the
    Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and is
    generally determined by voting power and/or investment power with respect to
    securities and  accordingly,  may include  securities owned by or for, among
    others,  the spouse  and/or minor  children of an  individual  and any other
    relative  who  has  the  same  home as  such  individual,  as well as  other
    securities  as to which the owner has or has the right to acquire  within 60
    days after June 12,  1995.  However,  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon
    conversion of shares of Series A 7 1/2 % Cumulative  Convertible  Redeemable
    Preferred  Stock of the Company  ("Series A Preferred  Stock") have not been
    included in the table (see

                                29


<PAGE>

    note 5). Except as indicated by footnote,  and subject to community property
    laws where  applicable,  the Company  believes that the persons named in the
    table above have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares
    of Common Stock shown as beneficially  owned by them.  Beneficial  ownership
    may be disclaimed as to certain of the securities.  For a description of the
    Series A Preferred Stock, See "Description of Capital Stock."

(2) Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters'  over-allotment  option to purchase
    up to 450,000 shares of Common Stock from the Selling  Stockholder.  If such
    over-allotment  option is exercised in full,  the number of shares of Common
    Stock  beneficially  owned by the  Selling  Stockholder  will be  reduced to
    457,169 or 5.7% of the total  shares of Common Stock  outstanding  after the
    offering.

(3) Individual  percentages  have been rounded.  Shares  subject to  outstanding
    stock options which the  individual  has the right to acquire within 60 days
    after  June 12,  1995,  are  deemed to be  outstanding  for the  purpose  of
    computing  the  percentage of  outstanding  securities of the class owned by
    such individual, or any group including such individual,  but are not deemed
    outstanding  for the purpose of computing the  percentage of the class owned
    by any other individual.


(4) Based on information  filed with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission by
    the reporting person.


(5) Excludes  856,933  shares  issuable upon the  conversion  of 750,000  shares
    Series A  Preferred  Stock held by  PacifiCorp  Credit,  Inc.  ("PCI").  Mr.
    Henderson,  a director of the  Company,  is  President  and Chief  Executive
    Officer of PacifiCorp  Holdings,  Inc.,  an affiliate of PCI. Mr.  Henderson
    disclaims  beneficial  ownership  of the shares of Common Stock and Series A
    Preferred Stock owned by PCI.


(6) Dimensional Fund Advisors,  Inc. ("DFA") is an investment advisor registered
    under the Investment  Advisors Act of 1940, as amended.  The shares reported
    in the table are held in  portfolios  of DFA  Investment  Dimensions  Group,
    Inc.,  a registered  open-end  investment  company,  or in series of the DFA
    Investment Trust Company,  a Delaware business trust, or the DFA Group Trust
    and the DFA  Participation  Group Trust,  investment  vehicles for qualified
    employee benefit plans, all of which DFA serves as investment  manager.  DFA
    disclaims  beneficial  ownership of all such shares. No individual client of
    DFA is known to the  Company to be the  holder of more than five  percent of
    the Company's Common Stock.


(7) In May  1995,  Mr.  Gleason  retired  as Vice  Chairman  and a  director  of
    PacifiCorp,  an affiliate of PCI.  Until April 1995,  Mr.  Gleason served as
    PCI's  nominee  on the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company.  PCI named Mr.
    Henderson  (see note 8) to replace Mr. Gleason as PCI's nominee on the Board
    of  Directors,  effective  as of the Annual  Meeting held on April 27, 1995.
    Although Mr. Gleason is no longer PCI's  nominee,  he has agreed to remain a
    member of the Board. His term expires in 1997.

(8) Includes  2,907,169 shares  beneficially owned by PCI (see note 5). Pursuant
    to an agreement  between PCI and the Company dated October 31, 1991, as long
    as PCI  or  any  of  its  affiliates  owns  at  least  10% of the  Company's
    outstanding Common Stock, the Company will nominate and use its best efforts
    to cause a nominee  of PCI to become a member of the Board of  Directors  of
    the  Company.  Mr.  Henderson  currently  serves  as  PCI's  nominee  on the
    Company's  Board of Directors  having replaced Mr. Gleason (see note 7). Mr.
    Henderson is President and Chief Executive  Officer of PacifiCorp  Holdings,
    Inc., a holding  company which owns 87% of Pacific Telecom Inc., and 100% of
    Pacific Generation  Company and PacifiCorp  Financial  Services,  Inc. He is
    also President and Chief Executive Officer of PacifiCorp Financial Services,
    Inc., an affiliate of PCI.


(9)  Includes 3,333 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options.


(10) Includes 6,666 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options.

(11) Includes 2,222 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options.

(12) Includes 5,555 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options.

(13) Includes 1,111 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options.

(14) All shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options.

(15) Includes 3,958 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options.

(16) Includes  46,034  shares  issuable  upon the exercise of stock  options and
     2,907,169 shares beneficially owned by PCI (see note 5).
</TABLE>

                                30

<PAGE>
                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK


   The  following  description  of the  Company's  capital  stock  and  selected
provisions of its Restated  Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws is a summary
and is  qualified  in its  entirety by the  Company's  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation  and Bylaws,  copies of which have been filed with the  Securities
and Exchange Commission as exhibits to the Registration  Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part.


   The Company is a Delaware corporation authorized to issue 2,000,000 shares of
Preferred  Stock, par value $10.00,  and 30,000,000  shares of Common Stock, par
value $0.01.

Common Stock

   The holders of Common  Stock have full voting  rights,  subject to any voting
rights of any shares of Preferred  Stock then  outstanding,  and are entitled to
one vote for each share held of record on each matter submitted to a vote of the
stockholders.  Holders of Common  Stock have no rights to convert  their  shares
into other  securities  and no right to vote  cumulatively  for the  election of
directors.  Subject to the  preferences  that may be applicable to any shares of
Preferred Stock then outstanding, the holders of the shares of Common Stock will
be entitled to receive such  dividends,  if any, as may be declared by the Board
of  Directors  out of  legally  available  funds  and to  share  ratably  in any
distribution  to  the   stockholders,   including  any  distribution   upon  the
liquidation of the Company.


   The  Company has not paid  dividends  on its Common  Stock.  The terms of the
Company's loan and security agreement with Shawmut Capital Corporation prohibits
the payment of dividends on the Comdial Common Stock. Furthermore,  the terms of
the Series A Preferred  Stock  prohibit  the payment of  dividends on the Common
Stock  unless the Company is current in the payment of dividends  required  with
respect to the Series A  Preferred  Stock.  Accordingly,  the  Company  does not
anticipate paying dividends on its Common Stock in the foreseeable  future.  See
"Dividend Policy." As of June 23, 1995 there were approximately 7,079,269 shares
of Common Stock  outstanding,  as adjusted to reflect the one-for-three  reverse
split of the Common Stock.


Preferred Stock

   The  Company's  Preferred  Stock is of the type  referred to as "blank check"
preferred. "Blank check" preferred stock refers to preferred stock for which the
designations,  preferences,  conversion rights,  qualifications,  limitations or
restrictions  thereof may be determined by a corporation's board of directors at
the time of issuance.  As a result,  the Board of Directors may, without further
action  by the  stockholders,  issue  shares of  Preferred  Stock in one or more
series and fix or alter the rights,  preferences,  privileges and  restrictions,
including dividend rights,  dividend rates,  conversion  rights,  voting rights,
rights and terms of redemption, rights upon dissolution or liquidation,  sinking
funds and any  other  rights,  preferences  and  limitations.  The  issuance  of
Preferred  Stock,  while  providing  flexibility  in  connection  with  possible
acquisitions and other corporate purposes,  could, among other things, adversely
affect  the  voting  power  of  holders  of  Common  Stock  and,  under  certain
circumstances,  make it more difficult for a third-party  to acquire  control of
the Company.

   On February 1, 1994,  the Company issued 850,000 shares of Series A Preferred
Stock to PCI as part of its  recapitalization  and later redeemed 100,000 shares
of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock.  The  Company  has no  present  plans  to issue
additional  shares of Preferred  Stock and intends to redeem all of the Series A
Preferred Stock upon completion of this offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

Series A Preferred Stock


   With respect to dividend  rights and rights on  liquidation,  dissolution and
winding up, the Series A Preferred Stock is senior to the Common Stock.  Without
the  affirmative  vote of 67% of the shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock at the
time  outstanding,   the  Company  is  prohibited  from  amending  its  Restated
Certificate  of  Incorporation  to  adopt a  certificate  of  designation  to or
otherwise (i) create any class of stock,  issue any series of Preferred Stock or
any  other  equity  security  ranking  prior to or in parity  with the  Series A
Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon  liquidation or (ii) alter or change any
of


                                31

<PAGE>

the  preferences,  privileges,  rights or powers of the  holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely such preferences,  privileges,  rights
or powers.  Holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive,  out of
funds of the Company legally available for the payment of dividends,  cumulative
quarterly dividends per share in the following amounts: $0.19 on the last day of
March,  $0.19 on the last day of June,  $0.19 on the last day of  September  and
$0.18 on the last day of December.

   Holders  of  shares of  Series A  Preferred  Stock  then  outstanding  have a
liquidation  preference  of $10.00  per share  plus an amount  equal to  accrued
dividends. Outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed at the
option of the  Company,  in whole or in part,  at any time upon not less than 30
days nor more than 90 days prior written notice,  at a redemption price equal to
all accumulated but unpaid  dividends plus an amount (the  "Applicable  Amount")
equal to (i) $10.00 per share during the four calendar  years after the issuance
of the Series A Preferred  Stock,  or (ii) during each  calendar  year after the
fourth year after  issuance,  an amount  equal to the  Applicable  Amount in the
preceding  year plus $0.50 per share;  provided  that the  redemption  price per
share for any transaction  which results in the total number of shares of Series
A Preferred Stock that have been redeemed (including the shares redeemed in such
transaction)  equaling at least ten percent  (10%) of the total number of shares
of Series A Preferred Stock which were originally issued, and for all subsequent
transactions,  shall be the price which was in effect during the year  preceding
the year in which the  total  number  of  shares  of  Series A  Preferred  Stock
redeemed equals ten percent or more.


   Shares of Series A Preferred Stock are  non-voting,  except where required by
law and to effect the dissolution of the Company,  the sale, lease,  exchange of
all or substantially all of its property and assets, the merger or consolidation
of the Company with or into any other entity or the voluntary  bankruptcy of the
Company which requires the affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding  shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The holder or holders of Series
A Preferred  Stock has the right to elect two members of the Board of  Directors
or such greater  number as is  necessary to equal at least 40% of the Board,  if
the Company does not pay four consecutive  quarterly  dividends  required by the
terms of the Series A Preferred Stock.


   Each share of Series A Preferred  Stock may be converted at the option of the
holder at any time  into  approximately  1.14258  fully  paid and  nonassessable
pre-split  shares of Company  Common  Stock.  The number of shares of stock into
which  each  share of Series A  Preferred  Stock is  convertible  is  subject to
anti-dilution  protection upon the occurrence of certain  events,  including (i)
stock dividends or other  distributions  of the Common Stock,  (ii) stock splits
affecting  the  Common  Stock,  reverse  stock  splits,   share  exchanges,   or
reclassifications, (iii) certain issuances of Common Stock (or rights, warrants,
or  securities  convertible  or  exchangeable  into Common Stock) at a price per
share (or having a conversion or exercise  price per share) less than the market
price (as defined), or (iv) a merger, consolidation,  or other reorganization of
the Company.


Delaware Law and Certain Charter Provisions

   Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a publicly-held
Delaware  corporation  from  engaging  in  a  "business   combination"  with  an
"interested  stockholder"  for a period  of three  years  after  the date of the
transaction  in which the person  became an interested  stockholder,  unless the
business   combination  is  approved  in  a  prescribed   manner.   A  "business
combination" includes mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a
financial  benefit to the stockholder.  An "interested  stockholder" is a person
who,  together with affiliates and associates,  owns (or within three years, did
own) 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock.

   The  Company's   Restated   Certificate  of   Incorporation   (the  "Restated
Certificate")  divides the Board of Directors into three  classes.  One class of
directors is elected at each annual meeting for a three-year  term. The Restated
Certificate  also provides that the affirmative  vote of the holders of not less
than 60 percent of the total  voting power of all  outstanding  shares of Common
Stock of the  Company is required  to approve a merger,  consolidation  or other
business reorganization or combination of the Company with any other corporation
or for the  sale  of all or  substantially  all of the  assets  of the  Company.
Furthermore, amendments to these provisions must be approved by not less than 60
percent of the total voting power of all  outstanding  shares of Common Stock of
the Company. Special meetings of stock

                                32
<PAGE>
holders  may be called  only by the  Secretary  at the  request  of the Board of
Directors or by the  Chairman of the Board,  and  stockholder  action may not be
taken by written consent. These provisions could have the effect of discouraging
takeover attempts or delaying or preventing a change of control of the Company.

Indemnification


   The Company's  Bylaws and the General  Corporation Law of Delaware  authorize
indemnification of directors,  officers, employees and agents of the Company and
of persons  serving in similar  capacities  for other  entities at the Company's
request  so long as such  person  (i)  acted in good  faith  and in a manner  he
reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the Company
and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding,  had no reasonable cause
to believe his conduct was unlawful and (ii) in the event of a suit by or in the
right of the Company,  was not adjudged  liable for  negligence or misconduct in
the  performance  of  his  duty  to  the  Company,   unless  there  is  a  court
determination  that  indemnification  is  fair  and  reasonable  under  all  the
circumstances. The Bylaws and the General Corporation Law of Delaware also allow
advances of the costs of defending against litigation and permit the purchase of
insurance  on  behalf of  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents  against
liabilities whether or not in the circumstances the Company would have the power
to indemnify  against such liabilities under the provisions of the Bylaws or the
statute. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors,  officers or persons  controlling the Company
pursuant to the foregoing  provision,  the Company has been informed that in the
opinion of the  Commission  such  indemnification  is against  public  policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

   As  permitted  by Section 102 of the Delaware  General  Corporation  law, the
Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation  contains provisions eliminating
a director's  personal  liability  for  monetary  damages to the Company and its
stockholders  arising  from a breach of a director's  fiduciary  duty except for
liability under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation law or liability
for  any  breach  of the  director's  duty  of  loyalty  to the  Company  or its
stockholders,  for  acts  or  omissions  not in  good  faith  or  which  involve
intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law or for any transaction in
which the director derived an improper personal benefit.


Transfer Agent

   Chemical Bank is the transfer agent for the Company's Common Stock.

                                33

<PAGE>
                                 UNDERWRITING


   The  Underwriters  below,  for whom  Rodman &  Renshaw,  Inc.  is  acting  as
Representative,  have  severally  agreed,  subject  to the terms and  conditions
contained in the  Underwriting  Agreement,  to purchase from the Company and the
Selling  Stockholder  the  number  of shares  of  Common  Stock set forth  below
opposite their respective names.



            Underwriter                Number of Shares
            -----------                ----------------
Rodman & Renshaw, Inc................










   Total ............................    3,000,000




   The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that the  obligations  of the several
Underwriters  thereunder  are subject to approval  of certain  legal  matters by
counsel and to various  other  considerations.  The nature of the  Underwriters'
obligations  is such that they are  committed to purchase and pay for all of the
above shares of Common Stock if any are purchased.

   The Underwriters,  through the Representative,  have advised the Company that
they propose to offer the Common Stock  initially at the public  offering  price
set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus;  that the Underwriters may allow
to  selected  dealers a  concession  of $ per share,  and that such  dealers may
reallow a concession of $ per share to certain other  dealers.  After the public
offering,  the  offering  price and other  selling  terms may be  changed by the
Underwriters.  The Common Stock is included for quotation on the Nasdaq National
Market.


   The  Selling   Stockholder   has  granted  to  the   Underwriters   a  30-day
over-allotment  option to  purchase  up to an  aggregate  of 450,000  additional
shares of Common  Stock,  exercisable  at the  public  offering  price  less the
underwriting  discount. If the Underwriters exercise such over-allotment option,
then each of the Underwriters  will have a firm  commitment,  subject to certain
conditions,  to purchase approximately the same percentage thereof as the number
of shares  of Common  Stock to be  purchased  by it as shown in the above  table
bears to the 3,000,000  shares of Common Stock offered hereby.  The Underwriters
may exercise such option only to cover  over-allotments  made in connection with
the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby.


   The  Company,  the officers  and  directors  of the Company,  and the Selling
Stockholder  have  agreed  that they will not sell or  dispose  of any shares of
Common Stock of the Company for a period of 180 days after the later of the date
on which the Registration  Statement is declared  effective by the Commission or
the first date on which the shares are bona fide offered to the public,  without
the prior written consent of the Representative. The Company may issue shares of
Common Stock in connection with the exercise of options under the Company's 1992
Stock  Incentive  Plan and the 1992  Non-Employee  Directors  Plan. In addition,
ALLTEL  Corporation,  a stockholder of the Company,  has agreed with the Company
that absent  unanticipated or unusual  circumstances  that, if known, would have
affected its decision to enter into the  agreement,  it will not sell or dispose
of shares of Common  Stock of the Company  owned by it before the earlier of (i)
the date  that is 60 days  after the date that the  Registration  Statement,  of
which this Prospectus is a part, is declared effective and (ii) October 1, 1995,
except for  approximately  13,399  shares of Common  Stock  which it may sell in
accordance with the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.


                                34

<PAGE>
   The  Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities,  losses and expenses,  including  liabilities  under the Securities
Act, or to contribute to payments that the  Underwriters may be required to make
in respect thereof.

   In connection with the offering made hereby, certain Underwriters and selling
group  members  (if  any) or  their  respective  affiliates  who  are  qualified
registered  market  makers on the Nasdaq  National  Market may engage in passive
market making  transactions in the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market in
accordance  with Rule 10b-6A under the Exchange Act, during the two business day
period before  commencement of offers or sales of the Common Stock.  The passive
market making  transactions  must comply with applicable volume and price limits
and be identified as such.  In general,  a passive  market maker may display its
bid at a price not in excess of the highest  independent  bid for such security;
if all  independent  bids are lowered  below the  passive  market  maker's  bid,
however,  such bid  must  then be  lowered  when  certain  purchase  limits  are
exceeded.


   Rodman & Renshaw, Inc. has performed investment banking services since March,
1995 for the Company and received $20,000 therefor.  In addition,  another firm,
whose  investment  banking  and equity  departments  were  acquired  by Rodman &
Renshaw,  Inc., had performed similar services prior to March, 1995 and received
$75,000 therefor.


                                LEGAL MATTERS


   The validity of the  issuance of the shares of Common  Stock  offered by this
Prospectus  will be passed  upon for the  Company by  McGuire,  Woods,  Battle &
Boothe, L.L.P.,  Charlottesville,  Virginia.  Certain matters in connection with
the sale of Common Stock offered  hereby will be passed on for the  Underwriters
by Squadron,  Ellenoff, Plesent, Sheinfeld & Sorkin, LLP, New York, New York. As
of, 1995, partners and associates of McGuire,  Woods,  Battle & Boothe,  L.L.P.,
which serves as general counsel to the Company, owned of record and beneficially
1,001 shares of Common Stock of the Company.


                                   EXPERTS


   The audited financial  statements included in this Prospectus,  which is part
of this  Registration  Statement,  have been  audited by  Deloitte & Touche LLP,
independent  auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein, and have been
so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their  authority
as experts in accounting and auditing.


                                35

<PAGE>
                        INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      Page
                                                                                      ----
<S>                                                                                    <C>
Independent Auditors' Report.........................................................  F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1993 and 1994 and April 2, 1995 ......  F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1992, 1993
and 1994 and the Quarters Ended April 3, 1994 and April 2, 1995......................  F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31,
1992, 1993 and 1994 and the Quarter Ended April 2, 1995..............................  F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and
the Quarters Ended April 3, 1994 and April 2, 1995...................................  F-6
Notes to Financial Statements........................................................  F-7

</TABLE>

The financial statements as of and for the periods ended April 3, 1994 and April
2, 1995 are unaudited.

                               F-1

<PAGE>
                                      

   The accompanying  financial statements reflect a one-for-three  reverse split
of common stock,  which is to be effected  prior to the  effective  date of this
Registration  Statement,  which is expected  to be on or about July , 1995.  The
above  report is in the form which will be signed by  Deloitte & Touche LLP upon
consummation of such reverse split,  which is described in Note 1 and Note 14 of
the Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements and, assuming that from January
30, 1995 to the date of such reverse split,  no other events shall have occurred
that would affect the accompanying financial statements and notes thereto:


                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


"Board of Directors and Stockholders
Comdial Corporation
Charlottesville, Virginia


   We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of Comdial
Corporation  and  subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and 1993, and the related
consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders' equity and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1994.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

   We  conducted  our audits in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material   respects,   the  financial   position  of  Comdial   Corporation  and
subsidiaries at December 31, 1994 and 1993, and the results of their  operations
and their cash flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended  December
31, 1994, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Richmond,  Virginia 
January 30, 1995 (June 27, 1995 as to 
     the third paragraph of Note 6, ____ ____, 1995
     as to the last paragraph of Note 1 and Note 14)"


                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                             COMDIAL CORPORATION
                         CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (In thousands, except par value)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       
                                                               December 31,        
                                                           -------------------       April 2, 
                                                             1993     1994            1995
                                                           ---------  --------       ---------
                                                                                   (Unaudited)
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
ASSETS
  Current assets
    Cash and cash equivalents...........................  $   5,474  $  1,679   $        62
    Accounts receivable -- net..........................      6,184     6,637         8,881
    Inventories.........................................     14,844    16,869        17,366
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........      1,799     1,014         1,445
      Total current assets..............................     28,301    26,199        27,754
    Property -- net.....................................     14,187    13,668        13,541
    Other assets........................................      2,315     2,393         2,434
      Total assets......................................  $  44,803  $ 42,260   $    43,729

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Current liabilities
    Accounts payable....................................  $   5,059  $  6,977   $     7,629
    Accrued payroll and related expenses................      1,222     1,373         1,411
    Accrued promotional allowances......................      1,170     1,592         1,028
    Other accrued liabilities...........................      1,655     2,160         1,515
    Current maturities of debt..........................      4,252     2,466         3,889
      Total current liabilities.........................     13,358    14,568        15,472
    Long-term debt......................................     18,943     4,737         3,988
    Long-term employee benefit obligations..............      1,700     1,912         1,974
    Other long-term liabilities.........................         52       --            --
    Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note
      13)...............................................
      Total liabilities.................................     34,053    21,217        21,434

Stockholders' equity
Series A 7 1/2 % preferred stock ($10.00 par value),
  (Authorized  shares 2,000; issued shares 750).........         --     7,500         7,500
Common stock ($0.01 par value) and paid-in capital
  (Authorized 30,000 shares; issued shares:  1993 =
   6,855; 1994 = 6,980; April 2, 1995 = 7,036) .........    100,047   100,320       100,517
Other...................................................       (814)    (942)          (973)
Accumulated deficit.....................................    (88,483) (85,835)       (84,749)
  Total stockholders' equity............................     10,750    21,043        22,295
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .........  $  44,803  $ 42,260   $    43,729
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                F-3
<PAGE>
                             COMDIAL CORPORATION
                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                   (In thousands, except per share amounts)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    Years Ended December 31,         Quarter Ended
                                                                                    April 3,  April 2,
                                                   1992      1993       1994         1994       1995
                                                 -------    -------   -------      --------   -------
                                                                                       (Unaudited)
<S>                                              <C>        <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>
Net sales......................................  $70,897    $69,099   $77,145      $ 17,639   $22,316
Cost of goods sold.............................   50,212     47,485    52,418        11,773    15,192
  Gross profit.................................   20,685     21,614    24,727         5,866     7,124
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general & administrative............   13,829     12,805    15,128         3,739     4,344
  Engineering, research & development..........    3,784      3,424     3,932           984     1,043
    Operating income...........................    3,072      5,385     5,667         1,143     1,737
  Other expense (income):
    Interest expense...........................    2,564      2,420     1,267           392       273
    Miscellaneous expense......................      402        420       670           114       194
    Gain on the sale of product line...........     (791)        --        --            --        --
  Income before income taxes and extraordinary
    item.......................................      897      2,545     3,730           637     1,270
  Income tax expense...........................       13        129       116            22        40
  Income before extraordinary item.............      884      2,416     3,614           615     1,230
  Extraordinary item, write-off of debt issuance
    cost........................................      --         --        389           389       --
    Net income..................................      884      2,416     3,225           226     1,230
  Dividends on preferred stock..................      --         --        577           106       143
    Net income applicable to common stock ......  $   884    $ 2,416   $ 2,648       $   120   $ 1,087
  Earnings per common share and common
    equivalent share: ..........................
      Primary:
        Income before extraordinary item........  $  0.13    $ 0.35    $  0.42       $  0.07    $ 0.15
        Extraordinary item......................      --         --      (0.05)        (0.05)       --
          Net income per common share...........  $  0.13    $ 0.35    $  0.37       $  0.02    $ 0.15
        Fully diluted...........................  $  0.13    $ 0.34    $  0.37       $  0.02    $ 0.15
Weighted average common shares outstanding: 
  Primary.......................................    6,738     6,935      7,231         7,247     7,216
  Fully diluted.................................    6,738     7,158      7,231         7,247     7,216

</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                F-4
<PAGE>

                             COMDIAL CORPORATION
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                (In thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                          Notes
                                                                                                       Receivable
                                      Common Stock       Preferred Stock  Paid-in      Treasury Stock    on  Sale  Retained
                                   Shares      Amount   Shares     Amount Capital     Shares   Amount   of Stock   Earnings  Total
                                   ------      ------   ------    ------  --------   --------   ------   -------   --------  ------
<S>                                <C>        <C>         <C>    <C>     <C>          <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>   
BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 1992 .....   6,014      $  60       --     $  --   $ 99,272     (50)     $ (583)   $ (623)  $(91,783)  $6,343
PROCEEDS FROM SALE OF COMMON
STOCK:
INCENTIVE PLANS ................                                              (36)                                              (36)
NOTES RECEIVABLE ...............                                                                              4                   4
RECLASSIFICATION OF NOTES
RECEIVABLE .....................                                                                            316                 316
NET INCOME .....................                                                                                       884      884

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1992 ...   6,014         60       --        --     99,236     (50)       (583)     (303)   (90,899)   7,511
PROCEEDS FROM SALE OF COMMON STOCK:
INCENTIVE PLANS ................                                              (20)                                              (20)
NOTES RECEIVABLE ...............                                                                             74                  74
STOCK OPTIONS EXERCISED ........      44          1                            95                                                96
WARRANTS EXERCISED .............     834          8                           637                                               645
INCENTIVE STOCK ISSUED .........      13                                       30                                                30
TREASURY STOCK PURCHASED .......                                                       (1)         (2)                           (2)
NET INCOME .....................                                                                                     2,416    2,416

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1993 ...   6,905         69       --        --     99,978     (51)       (585)     (229)   (88,483)  10,750
PROCEEDS FROM SALE OF COMMON
STOCK:
NOTES RECEIVABLE ...............                                             (146)                           47                 (99)
STOCK OPTIONS EXERCISED ........     147          1                           288                                               289
INCENTIVE STOCK ISSUED .........      13                                      130                                               130
PREFERRED STOCK ISSUED .........                         850      8,500                                                       8,500
REDEEMED PREFERRED STOCK .......                        (100)    (1,000)                                                     (1,000)
TREASURY STOCK PURCHASED .......                                                      (34)       (175)                         (175)
DIVIDEND PAID ON PREFERRED STOCK                                                                                      (577)    (577)
NET INCOME .....................                                                                                              3,225
                                                                                                                               3,225
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 ...   7,065         70       750      7,500  100,250        (85)     (760)     (182)  (85,835)  21,043
PROCEEDS FROM SALE OF COMMON
STOCK:
NOTES RECEIVABLE ...............                                                                               2                  2
STOCK OPTION EXERCISED .........      47          1                            80                                                81
INCENTIVE STOCK ISSUED .........      13                                      115                                               115
TREASURY STOCK PURCHASED .......                                                          (4)      (33)                         (33)
DIVIDEND PAID ON PREFERRED STOCK                                                                                      (143)    (143)
NET INCOME .....................                                                                                     1,230     1,230
ROUNDING .......................                  1                                                                     (1)
BALANCE AT APRIL 2, 1995
(UNAUDITED) ....................   7,125    $    72       750    $ 7,500 $100,445        (89)    $(793)    $(180) $(84,749) $22,295

</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                F-5
<PAGE>

                             COMDIAL CORPORATION
                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                (In thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          Years ended December 31,          Quarter Ended
                                                       ------------------------------   ----------------------
                                                                                         April 3,     April 2,
                                                         1992       1993       1994        1994         1995
                                                       --------   --------   --------   -----------  ---------
                                                                                               (Unaudited)
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Cash received from customers.......................  $ 72,525   $ 74,265   $ 81,298   $    17,456   $ 21,496
  Other cash received................................     1,083      1,236      2,305           430        236
  Interest received..................................        89         65         56            51         15
  Cash paid to suppliers and employees...............   (68,994)   (66,725)   (75,888)      (17,364)   (23,088)
  Interest paid on debt..............................    (2,161)    (1,981)      (924)         (431)      (223)
  Interest paid under capital lease obligations......      (354)      (256)      (284)          (83)       (50)
  Income taxes paid..................................       (13)       (44)      (200)          (66)       --
    Net cash provided (used) by operating activities.     2,175      6,560      6,363            (7)    (1,614)
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Proceeds from the sale of equipment................     1,010         56        206            31        --
  Proceeds received on note from  Cortelco
    International, Inc...............................        --      1,000      1,000            --       --
  Capital expenditures...............................    (1,776)      (848)    (2,116)         (453)      (585)
    Net cash provided (used) by investing activities.      (766)       208       (910)         (422)      (585)
Cash flows from financing activities:  
  Proceeds from borrowings...........................     1,972      2,660      7,300         6,000        --
  Net borrowings under revolver agreement ...........       --         --         --          2,546      1,445
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock.............       --         739        203           149         51
  Principal payments on debt.........................    (3,800)    (3,859)   (14,365)      (13,175)      (608)
  Principal payments under capital lease obligations.    (1,978)    (1,233)      (809)         (256)      (163)
  Preferred stock redemption.........................        --        --      (1,000)           --         --
  Preferred dividends paid...........................                  --        (577)         (106)      (143)
    Net cash provided (used) by financing activities.    (3,806)    (1,693)    (9,248)       (4,842)       582
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents........................................    (2,397)     5,075     (3,795)       (5,271)    (1,617)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ......     2,796        399      5,474         5,474      1,679
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.............  $    399   $  5,474   $  1,679     $     203   $     62
Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided 
  by operating activities:
  Net income.........................................  $    884   $  2,416   $  3,225     $     226   $  1,230
    Depreciation and amortization....................     2,974      3,138      4,138         1,212        915
    Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable ......    (1,462)       689       (453)       (1,334)    (2,244)
    Inventory provision..............................     1,497        900        964           425        451
    Decrease (increase) in inventory.................       170       (307)    (2,989)       (1,692)      (948)
    Increase in other assets.........................    (3,982)      (958)    (1,620)         (874)      (675)
    Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and bank
      overdrafts.....................................     1,889       (639)     1,918         1,896        652
    Increase (decrease) in other liabilities.........       (79)     1,237      1,238           (21)    (1,109)
    Increase (decrease) in paid--in capital and other
      equity.........................................       284         84        (58)          155        114
        Total adjustments............................     1,291      4,144      3,138          (233)    (2,844)
    Net cash provided (used) by operating activities.  $  2,175   $  6,560   $  6,363     $      (7)  $ (1,614)

</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                              COMDIAL CORPORATION


                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

             For the  Years  Ended  December  31,  1992,  1993  and 1994 and the
       Unaudited Quarters Ended April 3, 1994 and April 2, 1995


NOTE 1 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

   The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Comdial
Corporation and its subsidiaries (the "Company").  All significant  intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Unaudited Financial Statements


   The  consolidated  balance  sheet  as of  April  2,  1995,  the  consolidated
statements of operations and cash flows for the quarters ended April 3, 1994 and
April 2, 1995, and the consolidated  statement of  stockholders'  equity for the
quarter  ended April 2, 1995 and related  information  contained  in these notes
have been prepared by management of the Company without audit. In the opinion of
management,  all accruals  (consisting of normal  recurring  accruals) which are
necessary  for  a  fair  presentation  of  financial  position  and  results  of
operations for such periods have been made. Results for an interim period should
not be considered as indicative of results for a full year.


Cash and Cash Equivalents


   Cash equivalents are defined as short-term  liquid  investments with original
maturities when purchased of less than 90 days that are readily convertible into
cash. Under the Company's  current cash management  policy,  borrowings from the
revolving credit facility are used for normal operating purposes.  The revolving
credit  facility is reduced by cash  receipts  that are  deposited  daily.  Bank
overdrafts  of $1,099,000  and  $2,236,000  are included in Accounts  Payable at
December  31,  1994 and  April 2,  1995  (unaudited),  respectively,  which  are
outstanding checks that have not (1) cleared the bank and (2) been funded by the
revolving  credit  facility (see Note 5). The Company is reporting the revolving
credit facility  activity on a net basis on the Consolidated  Statements of Cash
Flows.


Inventories

   Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market.

Property/Depreciation

   Depreciation  is computed using the  straight-line  method for all buildings,
land improvements,  machinery and equipment, and capitalized lease property over
their estimated useful lives. Effective January 1, 1994, the Company revised the
estimated useful lives of certain computer hardware equipment from seven to five
years to more closely reflect expected  remaining  business lives. The effect of
this change in  accounting  estimate  was to increase  depreciation  expense and
decrease  income  from  continuing  operations  in 1994 by $239,000 or $0.03 per
share.  Management  believes  this  change is  warranted  due to the  continuing
advances in computer  technology.  Expenditures  for  maintenance and repairs of
property are charged to expense. Improvements and renewals which extend economic
lives are capitalized.


The estimated useful lives are as follows:  ..
Buildings ....................................  30 years
Land Improvements.............................  15 years
Machinery and Equipment.......................  7 years
Computer Hardware Equipment and Tooling ......  5 years



                               F-7

<PAGE>

                            COMDIAL CORPORATION
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

             For the  Years  Ended  December  31,  1992,  1993  and 1994 and the
       Unaudited Quarters Ended April 3, 1994 and April 2, 1995


Expensing of Costs

   All production start-up, research and development,  and engineering costs are
charged to expense,  except for that  portion of costs  which  relate to product
software development (see "Capitalized Software Development Costs").

Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share and Common Equivalent Share

   For 1992,  1993,  1994,  and the quarter  ending  April 2, 1995  (unaudited),
earnings per common share were  computed by dividing  net income  applicable  to
common shares by the weighted  average number of common shares  outstanding  and
common  equivalent  shares.   Fully  diluted  earnings  per  share  assumes  the
conversion of preferred  stock and adds back the preferred  stock dividends paid
to net income. The effect of the preferred stock conversion was antidilutive for
the year ended 1994.

Capitalized Software Development Costs

   In  1992,  1993,  and  1994,  the  Company  incurred  costs  associated  with
development  of  software  related  to  the  Company's  various  products.   The
accounting  for such software  costs is in accordance  with  Generally  Accepted
Accounting  Principles ("GAAP") and Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards
("SFAS") No. 86. The Company's estimate of useful life is three years. The total
amount of  unamortized  software  development  cost  included in other assets is
$1,392,000 at December 31, 1994.  The amounts  capitalized  for 1992,  1993, and
1994 were $829,000,  $721,000,  and $717,000,  respectively,  of which $591,000,
$705,000, and $858,000 were amortized in 1992, 1993, and 1994, respectively.

Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pension

   The  Company  adopted,  in 1993,  SFAS No.  106,  Employers'  Accounting  for
Postretirement  Benefits Other Than Pensions.  SFAS No. 106 requires the Company
to accrue estimated cost relating to health care and life insurance benefits. In
1993 and 1994, the Company recognized $288,000 and $289,000, respectively.

Income Taxes


   The Company adopted SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, in 1993, which
specifies  the asset and  liability  approach.  Under SFAS 109, the deferred tax
liability or asset is determined  based on the difference  between the financial
statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax
rates which will be in effect when the differences reverse. Deferred tax expense
is the result of changes in the liability for deferred taxes. The measurement of
deferred tax assets is reduced by the amount of any tax benefits where, based on
available  evidence,  the likelihood of realization  cannot be established.  The
Company  has  incurred  prior  cumulative  operating  losses  through  1991  for
financial statement and tax reporting purposes (see Note 6). Tax credits will be
utilized to reduce current and future income taxes.

                               F-8

<PAGE>

                            COMDIAL CORPORATION
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

          For the Years Ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and the
            Unaudited Quarters Ended April 3, 1994 and April 2, 1995


Reclassifications

   Certain amounts in the 1992, 1993 and 1994 consolidated  financial statements
have been  reclassified  to  conform to a  reclassification  made for the period
ended April 2, 1995 presentation.  The Company is currently reporting sales as a
net  number  that  includes  deductions  for  volume  discounts,   returns,  and
allowances. The Company has reclassified freight expense and the cost of certain
promotional  programs resulting in a reduction in sales, and an increase in cost
of sales and selling, general and administrative expense, respectively, for 1994
and the comparable  prior periods.  Promotional  programs  include various sales
incentive  rebates  claimed  by  dealers  and  specific  end  users  who buy the
Company's  products  direct  from  distributors.   Management   considers  these
reclassifications  as  more  consistent  with  the  nature  of the  sales  costs
incurred, and the manner in which such costs are managed by the Company. For the
years 1992, 1993, and 1994, reclassified freight expense was $677,000, $478,000,
and $552,000,  and  reclassified  promotional  program  expense was  $4,751,000,
$3,538,000, and $4,492,000,  respectively. These reclassifications had no effect
on previously reported consolidated net income.

Restatement of Common Stock Data


   On July 28, 1995,  pending  approval  from the  Company's  shareholders,  the
Company  expects to authorize a  one-for-three  reverse  split of the  Company's
common stock, to be effective on the date of this Prospectus.  Accordingly,  all
references in the accompanying financial statements to common share or per share
information have been restated to reflect this reverse stock split.


NOTE 2 -- INVENTORIES


   Inventories consist of the following:



(In thousands)             At December 31,      At April 2,
                           1993      1994          1995
                           ----      ----          ----
                                               (Unaudited)
Finished goods .......  $ 3,972   $ 2,936     $   3,242
Work-in-process.......    2,485     4,455         5,037
Materials and
supplies..............    8,387     9,478         9,087
Total.................  $14,844   $16,869     $  17,366



NOTE 3 -- PROPERTY

   Property consists of the following:


(In thousands)                       At December 31,
                                   1993       1994
Land.........................  $    396   $    396
Buildings and improvements ..    11,864     11,540
Machinery and equipment .....    25,126     26,551
Less accumulated
depreciation.................   (23,199)   (24,819)
Property -- Net..............  $ 14,187   $ 13,668




   Depreciation  expense  charged to operations  for the years 1992,  1993,  and
1994, was $1,970,000, $2,164,000, and $2,601,000, respectively.

                               F-9

<PAGE>
                            COMDIAL CORPORATION 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

          For the Years Ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and the
            Unaudited Quarters Ended April 3, 1994 and April 2, 1995

NOTE 4 -- LEASE OBLIGATIONS

   The Company and its  subsidiaries  have various  capital and operating  lease
obligations.  Future  minimum  lease  commitments  for  capitalized  leases  and
aggregate minimum rental  commitments under operating lease agreements that have
initial non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year are as follows:


                                                     Capital   Operating
(In thousands)                                        Leases     Leases
- --------------                                      --------  ----------
Year Ending December 31, .........................
  1995............................................  $    807  $    1,218
  1996............................................       565       1,182
  1997............................................       131       1,165
  1998............................................       104       1,131
  1999............................................       --        1,021
   Total minimum lease commitments................     1,607  $    5,717
Less amounts representing interest and other
  costs.............................................    (260)
Principal portion of minimum lease commitments at
  December 31, 1994.................................  $1,347



   Assets   recorded  under  capital   leases   (included  in  property  in  the
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets) are as follows:

                                                          At December 31,
(In thousands)                                           1993       1994
- --------------                                          ------    -------

Machinery and equipment  ..........................    $3,430     $2,269
Less accumulated depreciation......................      (706)      (570)
  Property -- Net .................................    $2,724      $1,699


   During 1992,  1993,  and 1994,  the Company  entered  into new capital  lease
obligations which amounted to approximately $692,000,  $1,597,000, and $228,000,
respectively.

   Operating  leases and  rentals  are for  buildings,  and  factory  and office
equipment.  The total rent expense for operating leases, including rentals which
are  cancelable on  short-term  notice,  for the years ended  December 31, 1992,
1993, and 1994 was $1,149,000, $1,025,000, and $1,023,000, respectively.

NOTE 5 -- DEBT


   As of February 1, 1994,  Shawmut Capital  Corporation  ("Shawmut"),  formerly
known as Barclays Business Credit, Inc., held substantially all of the Company's
indebtedness.  Prior to  February  1, 1994,  PacifiCorp,  through  its  indirect
subsidiary,  PacifiCorp  Credit,  Inc.  ("PCI"),  held  substantially all of the
Company's indebtedness.  Before December,  1993, substantially all the Company's
indebtedness was held by PacifiCorp  Holdings,  Inc. ("PHI"),  formerly known as
Inner PacifiCorp,  Inc. On December 1, 1993, PHI transferred the entirety of its
holdings in the Company to its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  PacifiCorp  Financial
Services,  Inc.,  which in turn  transferred  such holdings to its  wholly-owned
subsidiary,  PCI. References herein to PCI shall be deemed to include references
to PHI, its predecessor in interest to the  indebtedness  of the Company,  where
such references are appropriate.

                              F-10

<PAGE>

                            COMDIAL CORPORATION 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

          For the Years Ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and the
            Unaudited Quarters Ended April 3, 1994 and April 2, 1995


Long-term Debt

   Long-term debt consisted of the following:

(In thousands)                       At December 31,       April 2,
                                     1993     1994           1995
- -------------                       --------  ------     -----------
                                                         (Unaudited)
Notes payable to PCI (1)  ......
Term note ......................    $19,191   $  --    $       --
Optional advance note ..........      2,074      --            --
Notes payable to Shawmut ......
Term notes I and II (2) ........        --     5,854         5,246
Revolving credit (3) ...........        --       --          1,445
Capitalized leases (see Note 4)       1,930    1,349         1,186
Total debt .....................     23,195    7,203         7,877
Less current maturities on debt       4,252    2,466         3,889
Total long-term debt ...........    $18,943   $4,737   $     3,988



(1) The term note was payable in fifty-nine equal monthly principal installments
    of $150,000 with the balance due on November 1, 1996.  The optional  advance
    note was payable in  thirty-six  equal  monthly  principal  installments  of
    $59,000 beginning on December 1, 1993.  Interest was payable monthly on both
    notes.

    In July,  1992, the Company sold its residential  telephone  product line to
    International Telecommunication Asia PTE. LTD., a Singapore corporation ("IT
    Asia"),  which was  assigned to Cortelco  International,  Inc.  ("CII"),  an
    affiliate of IT Asia, in August 1993.  In connection  with the sale, IT Asia
    delivered to the Company its  non-interest  bearing  promissory  note in the
    principal  amount of $2,000,000 (the "IT Asia Note").  The Company agreed to
    apply the proceeds  received from CII to the outstanding  balance of the PCI
    term note. In August, 1993, CII made the $1,000,000 principal payment to the
    Company on the IT Asia Note. The Company used the proceeds from CII to repay
    a portion of the term note held by PCI.

    The Company's  indebtedness  was secured by liens on the Company's  accounts
    receivable,  inventories,  intangibles,  land, and other property.  Prior to
    February 1, 1994,  these loans accrued interest at an annual rate equal to 3
    1/2 % above the prime rate of interest  established by Morgan Guaranty Trust
    Company (the "Morgan  Guaranty Prime Rate").  The Morgan Guaranty Prime Rate
    was 5 1/2 % at December 31, 1993 and February 1, 1994.

    On December  23, 1993,  the Company and PCI entered  into an agreement  (the
    "Equity  Agreement"),  pursuant to which,  among other things, PCI agreed to
    accept  850,000  shares of a newly  designated  Series A 7 1/2 %  Cumulative
    Convertible  Redeemable  Preferred Stock ("Series A Preferred Stock") of the
    Company in exchange for the  cancellation  of  $8,500,000  of the  Company's
    existing indebtedness to PCI (which was a non-cash transaction).

    At a special  meeting  held on February  1, 1994,  the  Stockholders  of the
    Company approved the exchange and amendments to the Company's Certificate of
    Incorporation  permitting  the  issuance  of the Series A  Preferred  Stock.
    Immediately  following the meeting,  the Company and Shawmut  entered into a
    loan and security  agreement  ("Loan  Agreement")  pursuant to which Shawmut
    agreed to provide the Company  with a  $6,000,000  term loan ("Term Note I")
    and a $9,000,000 revolving

                              F-11

<PAGE>
                            COMDIAL CORPORATION 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

             For the  Years  Ended  December  31,  1992,  1993  and 1994 and the
       Unaudited Quarters Ended April 3, 1994 and April 2, 1995

    cedit loan facility.  The Company's principal balance of its indebtedness on
    February  1,  1994 to PCI was  $21,209,453,  which  was paid by  using  cash
    generated  from  operations  of  $6,000,000,  cash  borrowed from Shawmut of
    $6,709,453,  and the  cancellation  of the remaining debt of $8,500,000 with
    the  issuance of Preferred  Stock.  The Company  purchased  from PCI 100,000
    shares of the Redeemable  Preferred  Stock at the time the Company  received
    the proceeds of $1,000,000  from Cortelco in December,  1994 relating to the
    sale of the residential telephone product line in 1992.

    On April 29,  1994,  the Company and Shawmut  amended the Loan  Agreement to
    permit the Company to borrow an  additional  $1,300,000  under the Term Note
    ("Term  Note II") to  finance  the  purchase  of  additional  surface  mount
    technology  equipment.  The Company will repay the additional  advance in 44
    consecutive  monthly payments of $27,000  beginning on June 1, 1994 with the
    balance due on February 1, 1998.

(2) The Shawmut Term Notes I and II of $7,300,000  carry interest rates of 1 1/2
    % over the Shawmut's  prime rate and are payable in equal monthly  principal
    installments  of  $152,000  for the next 14  months,  and 23  equal  monthly
    principal  installments  of  $110,334,  with the  balance due on February 1,
    1998. Shawmut's prime rate was 8.5% and 9% at December 31, 1994 and April 2,
    1995 (unaudited).


(3) The Shawmut  revolving  credit facility  carries an interest rate of 1% over
    Shawmut's prime rate.  Availability  under the revolving  credit facility is
    based on eligible  accounts  receivable  and  inventory,  less funds already
    borrowed.  The  Company's  total  indebtedness  to Shawmut  (term notes plus
    revolving credit facility) may not exceed $14,000,000.


   Scheduled  maturities of Shawmut Term Notes  (current and long-term  debt) as
defined in the Loan Agreement are as follows:



                                                   Principal
(In thousands)              Fiscal Years          Installments
- --------------              ------------          ------------
Term Notes payable..........    1995            $    1,824 (1)
                                1996                 1,407
                                1997                 1,324
                                1998                 1,299



(1) Remaining  aggregate  payments  for  1995 as of April 2,  1995  were  $1,216
    (unaudited).


Debt Covenants


   The  Company's  indebtedness  to Shawmut is secured by liens on the Company's
accounts receivable,  inventories,  intangibles, land, and other property. Among
other  restrictions,  the Loan  Agreement  with  Shawmut also  contains  certain
financial covenants that relate to specified levels of consolidated tangible net
worth, profitability,  debt service ratio, and current ratio. The Loan Agreement
also limits additional borrowings and payment of dividends,  except for payments
to PCI for their Series A Preferred  Stock. On January 23, 1995, the Company and
Shawmut amended the Loan Agreement (the second amendment) to modify the covenant
restrictions on leases and  profitability.  As of December 31, 1994 and April 2,
1995, (unaudited) the Company was in compliance with the Loan Agreement terms as
defined in the Loan Agreement, as amended.

                              F-12

<PAGE>

                            COMDIAL CORPORATION
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

          For the Years Ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and the
            Unaudited Quarters Ended April 3, 1994 and April 2, 1995


NOTE 6 -- INCOME TAXES

   Effective  January 1, 1993, the Company  changed its method of accounting for
income taxes from the  deferred  method to the  liability  method as required by
SFAS No. 109,  Accounting for Income Taxes. As permitted under the rules,  prior
years' financial statements have not been restated. The components of the income
tax expense are as follows:


                      For the Years Ended
(In thousands)           December 31,         For the Quarter Ended
                   -------------------------   ---------------------
                   Deferred
                     Method            Liability Method
                   --------      -------------------------------
                                               April 3, April 2,
                     1992        1993  1994      1994    1995
                     ----       -----  -----   ------   -----
                                                 (Unaudited)
Current-Federal      $ 10      $  89   $  88   $  18   $   32
 State .........        3         40      28       4        8
Deferred .......       --         --      --      --       --
Total provision      $ 13      $ 129   $ 116   $  22   $   40




   The income tax provision  reconciled  to the tax computed at statutory  rates
are summarized as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    For the Years Ended
(In thousands)                                          December 31,         For the Quarter Ended
                                                    ----------------------   ---------------------
                                                                              April  3,  April 2,
                                                    1992     1993    1994      1994    1995
- -------------                                       -----    -----    ----     -----   -----
                                                                             (Unaudited)
<S>                                               <C>       <C>   <C>       <C>        <C>

Federal tax (benefit) at statutory rate (34% in
1992, 35% in 1993, 1994, and 1995) .............    $   295 $ 891 $ 1,306   $   217  $  444
State income taxes (net of federal tax benefit)          30    27      18         5       5
Nondeductible charges ..........................         19    20      34        23      14
Alternative minimum tax ........................         13    89      84        20      32
Utilization of operating loss carryover  .......       (344) (898) (1,326)     (243)   (455)
Income tax provision ...........................    $    13 $ 129 $   116   $    22  $   40
</TABLE>


There is no tax  benefit of the  extraordinary  item due to the  presence of tax
operating loss carryovers.

   No  deferred  taxes have been  recognized  in the  accompanying  Consolidated
Balance Sheet at December 31, 1993 and 1994, and April 2, 1995 (unaudited).
The components are as follows:


(In thousands)                        At December 31,        At April 2,
                                    ----------------        ------------
                                    1993        1994           1995
                                    ----        ----           ----
                                                           (Unaudited)
Total deferred tax
liabilities ..................  $ (2,137)   $ (1,981)   $    (2,087)
Total deferred tax assets  ...    30,631      29,852         29,158
Total valuation allowance  ...   (28,494)    (27,871)       (27,071)
                                $     --    $     --    $        --



                              F-13

<PAGE>

                            COMDIAL CORPORATION 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

          For the Years Ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and the
            Unaudited Quarters Ended April 3, 1994 and April 2, 1995

   The valuation allowance decreased $623,000 and $800,000 during the year ended
December 31, 1994 and the quarter ended April 2, 1995 (unaudited), respectively,
and was primarily  related to benefits arising from the utilization of operating
loss  carryforwards.  The Company  periodically  reviews the  requirements for a
valuation  allowance and makes  adjustments  to such  allowance  when changes in
circumstances  result in changes in judgement  about the future  realization  of
deferred tax assets. In June of 1995 the Company expects to reduce the valuation
allowance by approximately $4,500,000, which will decrease income tax expense.

   The Company has net operating  loss and credit  carryovers  of  approximately
$72,336,000  and  $3,027,000  as of  December  31,  1994,  and  $70,445,000  and
$3,059,000  as of  April  2,  1995  (unaudited),  respectively,  which,  if  not
utilized, will expire as follows:


                 Net Operating       Tax
(In thousands)     Losses          Credits
Expiration
Dates ..........
1996 -- 1997 ...  $    --         $    412
1998............      --             1,846
1999............   25,454              504
2000............   31,129               66
2001............    5,260              --
After 2001......   10,493              199
                  $72,336         $  3,027



   Certain provisions of the tax law may limit the net operating loss and credit
carryforwards  available for use in any given year in the event of a significant
change in ownership interest. If changes in the Company's stock ownership exceed
50% of the value of the  Company's  stock  during  any three  year  period,  the
utilization of the tax net operating loss and tax credit  carryforwards would be
severely limited beginning with the year of ownership change.


   The  components of the net deferred tax asset  (liabilities)  at December 31,
1993 and 1994 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               Deferred
(In thousands)                                                            Asset/(Liability)
                                                                      ----------------------
                                                                          1993       1994
                                                                      -----------  ---------
<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>
Net loss carryovers.................................................  $    26,111  $ 24,595
Tax credit carryovers...............................................        2,830     3,027
Inventory write downs and capitalization............................          876     1,028
Pension.............................................................          177       461
Postretirement benefits.............................................           98       189
Compensation and benefits...........................................          164       169
Capitalized software development costs..............................          174       256
Contingencies.......................................................           49        28
Other deferred tax assets...........................................           64        11
Note receivable reserve.............................................           88        84
Fixed asset depreciation............................................       (1,981)   (1,977)
Income reported in different periods for financial reporting and
tax purposes........................................................         (104)       --
Other deferred tax liabilities......................................          (52)       --
Net deferred tax asset..............................................       28,494     27,871
Less: Valuation allowance...........................................      (28,494)   (27,871)
Total...............................................................  $        --  $     --
</TABLE>


                              F-14

<PAGE>
                            COMDIAL CORPORATION
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

          For the Years Ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and the
            Unaudited Quarters Ended April 3, 1994 and April 2, 1995


NOTE 7 -- PENSION AND SAVINGS PLANS


   The  Company  formerly  sponsored  two  non-contributory  pension  plans that
together  covered all  employees.  One plan provided  pension  benefits based on
years of service and employee's  compensation  during the employment period. The
other plan provided  benefits  based on years of service.  Effective  January 1,
1992, the Company merged the two pension plans into a single plan which provides
benefits  based on years of  service  and  employee's  compensation  during  the
employment  period.  The  calculation of pension  benefits prior to 1992 will be
based on the provisions of the old plans.  The funding policy for both plans was
to make the minimum  annual  contributions  required by applicable  regulations.
Assets of the  plans  were  generally  invested  in  equities  and fixed  income
instruments.


   The  following  table sets forth the funded  status of the plans and  amounts
recognized in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1993 and
1994.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In thousands)                                                          1993       1994
- -------------                                                          -----       -----
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligation: ....................
Accumulated benefit obligation (including vested benefits of
$8,320 and $8,431, respectively)...................................  $(9,226)   $(9,225)
Projected benefit obligation for service to date...................  $(9,557)   $(9,583)
Plan assets at fair value..........................................    9,230      9,041
Plan assets less than projected benefit obligation.................     (327)      (542)
Unrecognized net (gain) or loss from past experience...............     (556)    (1,007)
Unrecognized net (gain) or loss from prior service cost ...........     (354)      (322)
Unrecognized net asset at date of implementation of SFAS No. 87
amortized over 15 years............................................     (172)      (144)
Accrued liabilities for benefit plans at December 31...............  $(1,409)   $(2,015)

</TABLE>

Net  periodic  pension  cost for the  years  ended  December  31,  included  the
following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In thousands)                                     1992      1993    1994
                                                 ------    ------   ------
<S>                                             <C>       <C>       <C>
Service cost-benefits earned during the
period........................................  $   785   $   803   $ 982
Interest cost on projected benefit
obligation....................................      495       548     657
Actual return on plan assets..................   (1,282)   (1,438)    106
Net amortization and deferral of other items .      630       608    (919)
Net periodic pension cost.....................  $   628   $   521   $ 826

</TABLE>

Assumptions used in accounting for the plans were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   1992     1993     1994
                                                 ------    ------   ------
<S>                                                 <C>     <C>     <C>
Discount rate.................................     8.50%   7.00%   8.00%
Rate of increase in future compensation
levels........................................     4.00%   4.00%   4.00%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets ..     9.00%   9.00%   9.00%

</TABLE>

   In addition to  providing  pension  benefits,  the Company  contributes  to a
401(k) plan, based on the employee's contributions.  Participants can contribute
from 2% to 10% of their salary as defined in the terms of the plan.  The Company
makes matching contributions equal to 25% of a participant's contributions.  The
Company's  total  expense for the matching  portion to the 401(k) plan for 1992,
1993, and 1994 was $178,000, $225,000, and $261,000, respectively.

                              F-15
<PAGE>
                            COMDIAL CORPORATION
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


          For the Years Ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and the
            Unaudited Quarters Ended April 3, 1994 and April 2, 1995

NOTE 8 -- POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSION


   As of January 1, 1993, the Company adopted SFAS No. 106. The effect of
adopting SFAS No. 106 on income from continuing operations for 1993 and 1994
was an expense of $288,000 and $289,000, respectively.

   The Company  provides  certain  health care coverage  (until age 65) which is
subsidized by the retiree through  insurance  premiums paid to the Company,  and
life insurance benefits for substantially all of its retired employees. In 1992,
the Company recognized $160,000 as an expense for postretirement health care and
life insurance benefits.  The Company's  postretirement health care benefits are
not currently funded. The status of the postretirement benefits are as follows:

   Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at January 1, 1993 and 1994:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In thousands)                                    1993     1994
- --------------                                  ------    ------
<S>                                             <C>      <C>
Retirees......................................  $  222   $  398
Actives eligible to retire....................     435      628
Other active participants ineligible to
retire........................................     676      972
Total.........................................  $1,333   $1,998

</TABLE>

   Net postretirement benefit cost for years ended December 31, consisted of the
following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In thousands)                                            1993   1994
- --------------                                          ------  ------
<S>                                                     <C>    <C>
Service cost..........................................  $   46 $   59
Interest cost.........................................     151    139
Actual return on assets...............................     --     --
Amortization of the unrecognized transition
obligation............................................      91     91
Amortization of (gain) or loss........................     --     --
Amortization of prior service cost....................     --     --
Total.................................................  $  288 $  289
</TABLE>

   The  following  table  sets  forth  funded  status of the  plans and  amounts
recognized in the Company's  Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 1993 and
1994.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands)                                          1993     1994
- --------------                                         ------  ------
<S>                                                   <C>      <C>
Plan assets at fair value...........................  $   --   $  --
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:  ....
Retirees............................................    (639)    (394)
Fully eligible participants.........................    (523)    (604)
Other active participants...........................    (874)    (874)
Unrecognized prior service cost.....................     --       --
Unrecognized net (gain) or loss.....................      26     (316)
Unrecognized transition obligation..................   1,722    1,631
Accrued liabilities for benefit plans at December
31..................................................  $ (288)  $ (557)
</TABLE>


                              F-16
<PAGE>
                            COMDIAL CORPORATION
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

          For the Years Ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and the
            Unaudited Quarters Ended April 3, 1994 and April 2, 1995


   The assumed  health care cost trend rate used in  measuring  the  accumulated
postretirement  benefit  obligation as of January 1, 1994 was 13% for 1994,  the
trend  rate  decreasing  each  successive  year until it reaches 5 1/4 % in 2005
after which it remains  constant.  The  discount  rate used in  determining  the
accumulated  postretirement benefit obligation cost was 7%. A 1-percentage-point
increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate for each year would increase
the accumulated  postretirement benefit obligation as of January 1, 1994 and net
postretirement health care cost by approximately  $140,000 and service cost plus
interest cost by approximately $18,000. The postretirement benefit obligation is
not funded and does not  include  any  provisions  for  securities,  settlement,
curtailment, or special termination benefits.

NOTE 9 -- WARRANTS

   A summary of warrants issued and outstanding is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           1992           1993      1994
                                                          --------      --------   -------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>          <C>
Warrants outstanding, January 1: ......................   833,333        833,333      --
Issued.................................................       --             --       --
Exercised..............................................       --        (833,333)     --
Canceled...............................................       --             --       --
Warrants outstanding, December 31:                        833,333            --       --
Price per share ranges of warrants outstanding at
December 31............................................  $0.03--$3.75        --       --
Dates through which warrants outstanding at December
31, were exercisable...................................       (*)            (*)      (*)
<FN>


(1) The  warrants  were held by PCI and a bank group which held the  majority of
    the Company's  indebtedness  prior to October 1991. On November 1, 1993, the
    bank group exercised  warrants and acquired in the aggregate  166,666 shares
    of the Company's  Common Stock,  at an exercise price of $3.75 per share. On
    December 9, 1993, PCI exercised its Replacement Warrant and acquired 666,667
    shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock,  at an exercise  price of $0.03 per
    share.
</TABLE>


NOTE 10 -- PREFERRED STOCK


   On December 23, 1993, the Company and PCI entered into the Equity  Agreement,
pursuant to which,  among other things, PCI agreed to accept 850,000 shares of a
newly designated Series A 7 1/2 % Cumulative  Convertible  Redeemable  Preferred
Stock of the Company in  exchange  for the  cancellation  of  $8,500,000  of the
Company's  existing  indebtedness  to PCI (which  was a  non-cash  transaction).
Dividends  are paid each  quarter  at an annual  rate of return of 7 1/2 % which
totaled $577,000 for 1994.

   Each share of Series A  Preferred  Stock is  convertible  into fully paid and
non-assessable shares of Common Stock (1.14258 after reverse stock split) at the
option of PCI. Under the terms of the Equity Agreement, the Company was required
to redeem 100,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock at the time the Company
received  $1,000,000 in 1994 from CII,  relating to the sale of the  residential
telephone  product  line in 1992 (see Note 5). In  December,  1994,  the Company
received the  $1,000,000  payment from CII, which was used to redeem the 100,000
shares (par value  $10.00) of Series A Preferred  Stock.  The Series A Preferred
Stock is  redeemable  at the  option  of the  Company.  In the  event  that four
consecutive  quarterly  dividend  payments  on Series A  Preferred  Stock are in
arrears and unpaid,  PCI shall have the exclusive right,  voting separately as a
class,  to elect two members of the Board of Directors or such greater number of
members as is  necessary to equal at least 40% of the total number of members of
the Board of Directors at all times thereafter.

                              F-17

<PAGE>

                            COMDIAL CORPORATION
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

          For the Years Ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and the
            Unaudited Quarters Ended April 3, 1994 and April 2, 1995


NOTE 11 -- STOCK OPTIONS AND AWARDS


   The Company's plans include stock options to purchase Common Stock and may be
granted to  officers,  directors,  consultants,  and  certain key  employees  as
additional  compensation.   The  plans  are  composed  of  both  stock  options,
restricted  stock,  nonstatutory  stock, and incentive stock. The plan awards to
each Director  3,333 shares of the  Company's  Common Stock for each fiscal year
the  Company  reports  income.  Subsequent  to year end the  Board of  Directors
increased the cash  compensation  and  temporarily  suspended 1,667 of the 3,333
shares  awarded to each Board  member each year that the  Company is  profitable
until  specific  action is taken by the  Board to the  contrary.  The  Company's
incentive plans are administered by the Compensation  Committee of the Company's
Board of Directors.


   The  Company's  incentive  plans  reserve  1,000,000  shares of the Company's
Common Stock for issuance at December 31, 1992,  1993, and 1994. The Company has
previously  accepted notes relating to the non-qualified stock options exercised
by  officers  and  employees.  These  notes  receivable  relating  to the  stock
purchases,  amounting to $303,000,  $229,000, and $182,000 at December 31, 1992,
1993, and 1994, respectively, have been deducted from Stockholders' equity.

Information regarding stock options is summarized below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1992          1993          1994
                                                -------       -------       --------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>           <C>    
Options outstanding, January 1:                 409,969        582,667       451,377
Granted..........................               340,511         14,333        92,000
Exercised........................                    --         (44,290)     (146,558)
Terminated.......................              (167,813)      (101,333)      (33,647)
Options outstanding, December 31:               582,667        451,377       363,172


Per share ranges of options outstanding at
December 31..................................  $1.41-$3.00   $1.41-$6.18    $1.41-$10.59
Dates through which options outstanding at
December 31, were exercisable................  1/93-10/2002  1/94-10/2003     1/95-10/2004
Options exercisable, December 31:               228,138        178,150        174,599
</TABLE>

   Options are provided to officers and  employees of the Company at fair market
value at the date of grant. The value of stock awarded to directors is expensed.

NOTE 12 -- SEGMENT INFORMATION

   During 1992,  1993, and 1994,  substantially  all of the Company's sales, net
income, and identifiable net assets were attributable to the  telecommunications
industry.

   The  Company  had sales in excess of 10% of net sales to three  customers  as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands)                     1992      1993      1994
- ---------------                  -------  --------  --------
<S>                             <C>       <C>       <C>
Sales:
ALLTEL Supply, Inc............  $12,695   $15,908   $12,370
Graybar Electric Company,
  Inc.........................   26,217    24,494    31,298
North Supply Company, Inc. ...   13,598    14,984    16,305

Percentage of net sales: .....
ALLTEL Supply, Inc............       18%       23%       16%
Graybar Electric Company,
  Inc.........................       37%       35%       41%
North Supply Company, Inc. ...       19%       22%       21%
</TABLE>
                              F-18

<PAGE>

                            COMDIAL CORPORATION
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

          For the Years Ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and the
            Unaudited Quarters Ended April 3, 1994 and April 2, 1995


   ALLTEL Supply, Inc., a subsidiary of ALLTEL Corporation, a stockholder of the
Company,  had accounts  receivable with the Company of $808,000 and $588,000 for
the periods ending December 31, 1993 and 1994, respectively.

NOTE 13 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

   The Company facilities are subject to a variety of federal,  state, and local
environmental protection laws and regulations,  including provisions relating to
the discharge of materials  into the  environment.  The cost of compliance  with
such  laws  and  regulations  has not had a  material  adverse  affect  upon the
Company's capital  expenditures,  earnings or competitive position and it is not
anticipated to have a material adverse effect in the future.


   In 1988, the Company voluntarily terminated the use of a concrete underground
storage tank for draining  hydraulic oil and  chlorinated  solvents from machine
parts,  and removed the tank.  The consulting  engineers  engaged by the Company
prepared an environmental site characterization report showing hydraulic oil and
chlorinated solvents  contamination of the soil, and hydraulic oil contamination
of the groundwater. A remediation plan was recommended to the Company, which was
approved by the State of Virginia  Water Control Board on January 31, 1989.  The
remediation plan was expected to extend for  approximately 10 years. The Company
believes that it has been, and is now, in compliance  with the 1989  remediation
plan.


   In November,  1993, the Company engaged  Froehling and Robertson,  Inc. ("F &
R"), an environmental  engineering firm, to collect  additional  samples of soil
and groundwater for assessing the effect of the hydraulic oil remediation  plan,
and to determine  whether the chlorinated  solvents had dissipated.  The Company
also requested the State of Virginia Department of Environmental Quality ("DEQ")
to review the site  characterization  plan  report for  adequacy  under  current
environmental  regulations.  As a  result,  DEQ sent  the  Company  a letter  on
November  30,  1993,   citing  certain   deficiencies   and  requesting  a  site
characterization  report  addendum and a corrective  action plan. On January 14,
1994,  the Company  submitted  a  corrective  action plan to the DEQ,  which was
approved by the DEQ on July 8, 1994. F & R has advised the Company that the cost
estimate for the remediation  strategy proposed in the corrective action plan is
approximately  $35,000 to  $45,000.  In 1993,  the  Company  provided an accrued
liability in the amount of $45,000 to cover such cost.

   In October,  1994,  the  Company  installed  all the  required  equipment  in
accordance  with the  remediation  plan and has  started  the process of pumping
hydraulic oil residue from the underground water. The oil will be deposited into
approved  containers and taken to a hazardous  waste site in accordance with the
corrective action plan.

NOTE 14 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS


   In June, 1995, the Company's Board of Directors authorized  management of the
Company  to file a  Registration  Statement  with The  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  permitting  the  Company to sell  shares of its  common  stock in an
underwritten  public  offering.  If the offering is consummated  under the terms
presently anticipated, up to an additional 1,000,000 shares of common stock will
be issued (not including  450,000 shares that the Underwriters have an option to
purchase  from the Selling  Stockholder  to cover any  overallotments,  if any).
Proceeds from the offering  will be used, in part, to redeem the 750,000  shares
of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock.

   On July 28, 1995,  the  Company's  shareholders  authorized  a  one-for-three
reverse split of the Company's common stock, to be effective on the date of this
Prospectus. Accordingly, all references in the accompanying financial statements
to common  share or per share  information  have been  restated to reflect  this
reverse stock split.

                              F-19
<PAGE>

                            COMDIAL CORPORATION
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

          For the Years Ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and the
            Unaudited Quarters Ended April 3, 1994 and April 2, 1995


NOTE 15 -- QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  First    Second     Third    Fourth
(In thousands)                                  Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter
- ---------------                                 --------  --------   ------  ---------
<S>                                            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
1994
Sales........................................  $ 17,639  $ 19,019  $ 20,660  $ 19,827
Gross profit.................................     5,866     6,122     6,384     6,355
Interest expense.............................       392       319       301       255
Income before extraordinary item.............       615       942     1,245       812
Net income...................................       226       942     1,245       812
Dividends on preferred stock.................       106       161       162       148
Net earnings per common share: Primary ......      0.02      0.11      0.15      0.09
1993
Sales........................................  $ 14,435  $ 14,010  $ 19,192  $ 21,462
Gross profit.................................     4,183     3,885     6,023     7,523
Interest expense.............................       589       615       619       597
Net income (loss)............................       237      (486)    1,014     1,651
Net earnings (loss) per common share:
Primary......................................      0.04    (0.08)      0.15      0.24

</TABLE>

   Previously reported quarterly information has been revised to reflect certain
reclassifications.  These reclassifications had no effect on previously reported
consolidated net income (see Note 1 -- Reclassifications).

   In the first quarter of 1994 (February 1, 1994), the Company restructured its
indebtedness  to PCI by using cash generated  from  operations and cash borrowed
from Shawmut (see Note 5). The major impact on  operations  was the reduction of
interest  expense  for 1994 and the  write-off  of prior debt  issuance  cost of
$389,000.

   Certain interim inventory estimates are recognized throughout the fiscal year
relating  to  shrinkage,  obsolescence,  and  product  mix.  The  results of the
physical   inventory  and  the  fiscal  year-end  close  reflected  a  favorable
adjustment with respect to such estimates,  resulting in approximately  $224,000
of additional income, which is reflected in the fourth quarter of 1994.

                              F-20
<PAGE>

 #############################################################################

                                 IMAGES OMITTED
                                  PICTURES OF
          PHOTOS DIPICTING PRODUCTION AND ASSEMBLY OF COMDIAL PRODUCTS
                            RANDOMLY SET ON THE PAGE
 #############################################################################

<PAGE>
                                  


 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

   No  dealer,  salesperson,  or other  person has been  authorized  to give any
information orto make any  representation in connectionwith  this offering other
than those contained in this Prospectus and, if given or made, such  information
or  representation  must not be relied  upon as having  been  authorized  by the
Company or any of the Underwriters. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer
to sell or  solicitation  of any offer to buy by any one in any  jurisdiction in
which  such offer to sell or  solicitation  is not  authorized,  or in which the
person  making  such offer or  solicitation  is not  qualified  to do, or to any
person to whom it is  unlawful to make such offer or  solicitation.  Neither the
delivery  of this  Prospectus  nor any  sale  made  hereunder  shall  under  any
circumstances  create any implication  that the information  contained herein is
correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof.

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                          Page
Available Information ..................
Incorporation of Certain Information
  By Reference .........................
Prospectus Summary .....................
Risk Factors ...........................
Use Of Proceeds ........................
Price Range of Common Stock ............
Dividend Policy ........................
Capitalization .........................
Selected Historical Financial Data  ....
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of
Operations..............................
Business ...............................
Legal Proceedings ......................
Management .............................
Principal and Selling Stockholders  ....
Description of Capital Stock ...........
Underwriting ...........................
Legal Matters ..........................
Experts ................................
Index to Financial Statements...........   F-1






 #############################################################################

                                 IMAGE OMITTED
                                  COMDIAL LOGO
 #############################################################################


                                3,000,000 Shares

                                  Common Stock

                                   PROSPECTUS

                             Rodman & Renshaw, Inc.


                              


                                June ___, 1995

 

<PAGE>

                                   PART II
                    Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 14: Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

   The estimated expenses in connection with this offering are as follows:

                              AMOUNT TO BE PAID

                                                Selling
                                   Company      Stockholder      Total
SEC Registration Fee ............  $            $                $
NASD Registration Fee ...........  $            $                $
Legal Fees ......................  $            $                $
Printing Fees and Expenses  .....  $            $                $
Accounting Fees and Expenses  ...  $            $                $
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses  .....  $            $                $
Miscellaneous ...................  $            $                $
Total ...........................  $            $                $


Item 15: Indemnification of Directors and Officers

   The Company's  Bylaws and the General  Corporation law of Delaware  authorize
indemnification of directors,  officers, employees and agents of the Company and
of persons  serving in similar  capacities  for other  entities at the Company's
request  (so long as such  person  (i)  acted in good  faith  and in a manner he
reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the Company
and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding,  had no reasonable cause
to believe his conduct was unlawful and (ii) in the event of a suit by or in the
right of the Company,  was not adjudged  liable for  negligence or misconduct in
the  performance  of  his  duty  to  the  Company,   unless  there  is  a  court
determination  that  indemnification  is  fair  and  reasonable  under  all  the
circumstances), allow advances of the costs of defending against litigation; and
permit the purchase of insurance on behalf of directors, officers, employees and
agents against liabilities whether or not in the circumstances the Company would
have the power to indemnify against such liabilities under the provisions of the
bylaws or the statute.  Insofar as the  indemnification  for liabilities arising
under the  Securities  Act of 1933 may be  permitted to  directors,  officers or
persons controlling the Company pursuant to the foregoing provision, the Company
has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange  Commission
such  indemnification  is against  public  policy as expressed in the Act and is
therefore unenforceable.


   As  permitted  by Section 102 of the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, the
Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation  contains provisions eliminating
a director's  personal  liability  for  monetary  damages to the Company and its
stockholders  arising  from a breach of a director's  fiduciary  duty except for
liability under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation law or liability
for  any  breach  of the  director's  duty  of  loyalty  to the  Company  or its
stockholders,  for  acts  or  omissions  not in  good  faith  or  which  involve
intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law or for any transaction in
which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

   The Warrant Exchange Agreement (Exhibit No. 4.2) provides for indemnification
by the Company to PCI and certain of its affiliates, in certain circumstances.


   The Selling  Stockholder  has agreed to indemnify  the Company and certain of
its affiliates in certain circumstances.

                              II- 1
<PAGE>
                                      
                                   PART II
                    Information Not Required in Prospectus
                                 (Continued)

Item 16: Exhibits

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit
Number .....  Description
<S>           <C>
 1 .........  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 4.1 .......  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Comdial Corporation.
 4.2 ......   Bylaws of Comdial Corporation. (Exhibit 3.3 to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
              1993.)*
 5 .........  Opinion of McGuire, Woods, Battle & Boothe, L.L.P. (to be filed by amendment).
10.1 .......  Registrant's 1979 Long Term Incentive Plan and 1982 Incentive Plan. (Exhibits 4(a) and 4(b) of Registrant's
              Form S-8 dated February 7, 1984.)*
10.2 .......  Registrant's 1992 Stock Incentive Plan and 1992 Non-employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan. (Exhibits 28.1
              and 28.2 of Registrant's Form S-8 dated October 21, 1992.)*
10.3 .......  Agreement dated February 20, 1990 among Registrant and Estech Systems Inc. (Exhibit 10.11 to Registrant's
              Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1990.)*
10.4 .......  Loan Restructuring dated October 31, 1991 among Registrant and Inner PacifiCorp, Inc. (Exhibit 4.1 to
              Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 27, 1991.)*
10.5 .......  Stock Purchase Warrant dated November 1, 1991 among Registrant and Inner PacifiCorp, Inc. (Exhibit 4.2 to
              Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 27, 1991.)*
10.6 .......  Amendment No. 1 to the Loan Restructuring Agreement dated July 31, 1992 among Registrant and PacifiCorp
              Holdings, Inc. (Exhibit 10.8 to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992.)*
10.7 .......  Asset Purchase Agreement dated July 21, 1992 among the Registrant and International Telecommunication Asia
              PTE. LTD. (Exhibit 10.9 to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992.)*
10.8 .......  Amendment No. 2 to the Loan Restructuring Agreement dated April 1, 1993 among Registrant and PacifiCorp
              Holdings, Inc. (Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the period ended March 28, 1993.)*
10.9 .......  Amendment No. 3 to the Loan Restructuring Agreement dated August 6, 1993 among Registrant and PacifiCorp
              Holdings, Inc. (Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the period ended September 26, 1993.)*
10.10 ......  Modification Agreement dated August 23, 1993 among the Registrant and Cortelco International, Inc. (Exhibit
              10.2 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the period ended September 26, 1993.)*
10.11 ......  Amendment No. 4 to the Loan Restructuring Agreement dated October 31, 1993 among Registrant and PacifiCorp
              Holdings, Inc. (Exhibit 10.12 to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.)*
10.12 ......  Loan And Security Agreement dated February 1, 1994 among Registrant and Barclays Business Credit, Inc.
              (Exhibit 10.13 to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.)*
10.13 ......  Equity Agreement dated December 23, 1993 among Registrant and PacifiCorp Credit, Inc. (Exhibit 10.14 to
              Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.)*
10.14 ......  Warrant Exchange Agreement dated October 31, 1991 among Registrant and Inner PacifiCorp. Inc. (Exhibit 10.15
              to Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.)*
10.15 ......  Development Agreement dated December 2, 1993 among Registrant and Motorola Inc. (Exhibit 10.16 to
              Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.)*
10.16 ......  Stock Purchase Agreement dated April 2, 1985 among Registrant and ALLTEL Corporation. (Exhibit 10.17 to
              Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.)*
10.17 ......  Amendment No. 1 to the Loan And Security Agreement dated April 29, 1994 among the Registrant and Barclays
              Business Credit, Inc. (Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 3, 1994.)*
10.18.......  Amendment No. 2 to the Loan Restructuring Agreement dated January 23, 1995 among Registrant and Shawmut
              Capital Corporation. (Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 2, 1995.)
23.1 .......  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (to be filed by amendment).
23.2 .......  Consent of McGuire, Woods, Battle & Boothe, L.L.P. (included in exhibit 5 above).
24 .........  Power of attorney (found on page II-4 herein).

</TABLE>

    * Incorporated by reference

                              II- 2
<PAGE>
                                    
                                   PART II
                    Information Not Required in Prospectus
                                 (Continued)

Item 17: Undertakings

   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

   (1) For purposes of  determining  any liability  under the  Securities Act of
1933, the information  omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
registration  statement  in reliance  upon Rule 430A and  contained in a form of
prospectus  filed by the registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to be part of this  registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

   (2) For the purpose of determining  any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, each post- effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
deemed to be a new  registration  statement  relating to the securities  offered
therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                              II- 3
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES


   Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
certifies  that it has  reasonable  grounds to believe  that it meets all of the
requirements  for  filing  on Form S-2 and has  duly  caused  this  registration
statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto  authorized,
in the city of Charlottesville, Virginia on June 28, 1995

                         COMDIAL CORPORATION
                         By: /s/ William G. Mustain
                            -------------------------------
                              William G. Mustain
                              (Chief Executive Officer)


                              POWER OF ATTORNEY

   Know all Persons By These Presents,  that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints William G. Mustain and Wayne R. Wilver,  and each
of them, as his or her true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, with full
power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name,
place and stead,  in any and all  capacities,  to sign any and all amendments to
this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with the Commission, granting
unto  said  attorneys-in-fact  and  agents,  and each of them,  full  power  and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary
to be done in connection  therewith,  as fully to all intents and purposes as he
might or could do in  person,  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all that said
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or any of them,  or their or his  substitute  or
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration
statement has been signed by the following  persons in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>                                     <C>
Signature                     Title                                   Date
- ---------                     -----                                   ----

    /s/ A. M. Gleason 
- ---------------------------
A. M. Gleason                 Director                             June 28, 1995

/s/ John W. Rosenblum John
- ---------------------------
W. Rosenblum                  Director                             June 28, 1995

/s/ Dianne C. Walker Dianne
- ---------------------------
C. Walker                     Director                             June 28, 1995

/s/ William E. Porter
- ---------------------------
William E. Porter             Director                             June 28, 1995

/s/ Michael C. Henderson
- ---------------------------
Michael C. Henderson          Director                             June 28, 1995

/s/ William G. Mustain        
- ---------------------------   President, Chief Executive Officer
William G. Mustain            and Director                         June 28, 1995

                              
/s/ Wayne R. Wilver   Wayne   Senior Vice President, Chief
- ---------------------------   Financial Officer and Principal
R. Wilver                     Accounting Officer                   June 28, 1995

</TABLE>

                              II-4
<PAGE>

                                                                 Draft 6/28/95



                                3,000,000 Shares

                              COMDIAL CORPORATION

                                  Common Stock

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT



                              _____________, 1995



Rodman & Renshaw, Inc.
One Liberty Plaza
165 Broadway
New York, New York  10006

On behalf of the Several Underwriters named in Schedule I attached hereto.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         Comdial  Corporation,   a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company")  and
PacifiCorp Credit, Inc. (the "Selling Stockholder"),  propose to sell to you and
the other underwriters named in Schedule I attached hereto (the "Underwriters"),
for whom you are acting as the Representative,  an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares
(the "Firm Shares") of the Company's Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the
"Common  Stock") of which  1,000,000  shares (the  "Company  Shares")  are to be
issued and sold by the Company and 2,000,000  shares (the  "Selling  Stockholder
Shares") are to be sold by the Selling  Stockholder.  In  addition,  the Selling
Stockholder proposes to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to an
additional 450,000 shares (the "Option Shares"), of Common Stock for the purpose
of covering  over-allotments in connection with the sale of the Firm Shares. The
Firm Shares and the Option Shares are together called the "Shares."

         1.       Sale and Purchase of the Shares.  On the basis of the
representations, warranties and agreements contained in, and
subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement:

                  (a) The Company  agrees to issue and sell the  Company  Shares
         and the  Selling  Stockholder  agrees to sell the  Selling  Stockholder
         Shares  to the  several  Underwriters,  and  each  of the  Underwriters
         agrees,  severally and not jointly,  to purchase at the purchase  price
         per  share of  Common  Stock  of  $_____  (the  "Initial  Price"),  the
         aggregate  number of Firm Shares set forth opposite such  Underwriter's
         name in Schedule

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

         I attached hereto.  The Underwriters  agree to offer the Firm Shares to
         the public as set forth in the Prospectus.

                  (b) The Selling Stockholder grants to the several Underwriters
         an option to purchase all or any part of the 450,000  Option  Shares it
         is obligated to sell at the Initial Price.  The number of Option Shares
         to be  purchased  by each  Underwriter  shall  be the  same  percentage
         (adjusted by the  Representative  to eliminate  fractions) of the total
         number of Option  Shares to be  purchased by the  Underwriters  as such
         Underwriter  is  purchasing  of the Firm  Shares.  Such  option  may be
         exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sales of the Firm Shares
         by the  Underwriters  and may be  exercised  in whole or in part at any
         time on or before 12:00 noon,  New York City time,  on the business day
         before the Firm Shares Closing Date (as defined  below),  and from time
         to time  thereafter  within 30 days  after the date of this  Agreement,
         upon written or  telegraphic  notice,  or verbal or  telephonic  notice
         confirmed by written or telegraphic  notice,  by the  Representative to
         the Selling  Stockholder  no later than 12:00 noon, New York City time,
         on the business day before the Firm Shares Closing Date or at least two
         business days before any Option Shares Closing Date (as defined below),
         as the case may be,  setting  forth the  number of Option  Shares to be
         purchased and the time and date (if other than the Firm Shares  Closing
         Date) of such purchase.

         2.  Delivery  and  Payment.  Delivery  by the  Company  and the Selling
Stockholder of the Firm Shares to the Representative for the respective accounts
of the Underwriters,  and payment of the purchase price by certified or official
bank check or checks  payable in New York Clearing House (next day) funds to the
Company and the Selling Stockholder, shall take place at the offices of Rodman &
Renshaw, Inc., at One Liberty Plaza, 165 Broadway, New York, New York, 10006, at
10:00 a.m.,  New York City time, on the fifth business day following the date on
which the public offering of the Shares commences (unless such date is postponed
in accordance with the provisions of Section  10(b)),  or at such time and place
or such  other  date,  not later  than 10  business  days after the date of this
Agreement,  as shall be agreed upon by the Company,  the Selling Stockholder and
the  Representative  (such time and date of delivery  and payment are called the
"Firm Shares Closing  Date").  The public offering of the Shares shall be deemed
to have commenced at the time,  which is the earlier of (a) the time,  after the
Registration Statement (as defined in Section 4 below) becomes effective, of the
release by you for  publication of the first  newspaper  advertisement  which is
subsequently  published  relating  to the  Shares  or (b) the  time,  after  the
Registration Statement becomes effective,  when the Shares are first released by
you for offering by the Underwriters or dealers by letter or telegram.

         In the event the option with respect to the Option Shares is exercised,
delivery by the Selling Stockholder of the Option

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

Shares to the Representative for the respective accounts of the Underwriters and
payment of the  purchase  price by  certified  or official  bank check or checks
payable in New York Clearing  House (next day) funds to the Selling  Stockholder
shall take place at the offices of Rodman & Renshaw, Inc. specified above at the
time and on the date  (which may be the same date as,  but in no event  shall be
earlier than, the Firm Shares Closing Date)  specified in the notice referred to
in  Section  1(b)  (such  time and date of  delivery  and  payment is called the
"Option  Shares  Closing  Date").  The Firm Shares  Closing  Date and the Option
Shares Closing Dates are called,  individually,  a "Closing Date" and, together,
the "Closing Dates."

         Certificates  evidencing  the Shares shall be  registered in such names
and shall be in such denominations as the Representative  shall request at least
two full business days before the Firm Shares  Closing Date or the Option Shares
Closing  Date,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  shall  be  made  available  to the
Representative for checking and packaging, at such place as is designated by the
Representative,  on the full business day before the Firm Shares Closing Date or
the Option Shares Closing Date, as the case may be.

         3. Public Offering.  The Company and the Selling Stockholder understand
that the  Underwriters  propose to make a public offering of the Shares,  as set
forth in and pursuant to the Prospectus (as defined in Section 4 below), as soon
after the  effective  date of the  Registration  Statement  and the date of this
Agreement as the  Representative  deems  advisable.  The Company and the Selling
Stockholder   hereby  confirm  that  the  Underwriters  and  dealers  have  been
authorized to distribute or cause to be distributed each preliminary  prospectus
and are authorized to distribute the Prospectus (as from time to time amended or
supplemented if the Company furnishes  amendments or supplements  thereto to the
Underwriters).

         4.       Representations and Warranties of the Company and the
Selling Stockholders.

                  (a)      The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees
         with, the several Underwriters that:

                           (i) The  Company  has filed with the  Securities  and
                  Exchange   Commission   (the   "Commission")   a  registration
                  statement,  and may have filed one or more amendments thereto,
                  on Form S-2  (Registration No.  33-______),  including in such
                  registration  statement  and each  such  amendment  a  related
                  preliminary prospectus (a "Preliminary  Prospectus"),  for the
                  registration   of  the  Shares  and  the  Option  Shares,   in
                  conformity  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of
                  1933,  as amended  (the "Act").  In addition,  the Company has
                  filed  or  will  promptly  file a  further  amendment  to such
                  registration  statement,  in the form heretofore  delivered to
                  you. As

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                  used in this  Agreement,  the  term  "Registration  Statement"
                  means such registration  statement,  as amended,  on file with
                  the Commission at the time such registration statement becomes
                  effective  (including the  prospectus,  financial  statements,
                  exhibits,  and all other  documents filed as a part thereof or
                  incorporated by reference directly or indirectly therein (such
                  incorporated documents being herein collectively "Incorporated
                  Documents")),  provided that such Registration  Statement,  at
                  the time it becomes effective, may omit such information as is
                  permitted to be omitted from the  Registration  Statement when
                  it  becomes  effective  pursuant  to Rule 430A of the  General
                  Rules  and   Regulations   promulgated   under  the  Act  (the
                  "Regulations"),  which  information  ("Rule 430  Information")
                  shall be deemed to be included in such Registration  Statement
                  when a final  prospectus  is  filed  with  the  Commission  in
                  accordance  with  Rules  430A  and  424(b)(1)  or  (4)  of the
                  Regulations;  the term  "Preliminary  Prospectus"  means  each
                  prospectus  included  in the  Registration  Statement,  or any
                  amendments thereto, before it becomes effective under the Act,
                  the form of prospectus omitting Rule 430A Information included
                  in the Registration  Statement when it becomes  effective,  if
                  applicable  (the "Rule 430A  Prospectus"),  and any prospectus
                  filed by the Company with your consent pursuant to Rule 424(a)
                  of the Regulations;  and the term "Prospectus" means the final
                  prospectus  included  as part of the  Registration  Statement,
                  except  that  if the  prospectus  relating  to the  securities
                  covered by the Registration  Statement in the form first filed
                  on behalf of the Company with the Commission  pursuant to Rule
                  424(b)  of  the  Regulations  shall  differ  from  such  final
                  prospectus, the term "Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus as
                  filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) from and after the date on which
                  it shall have first been used.

                           (ii)   When  the   Registration   Statement   becomes
                  effective,   and  at  all  times  subsequent  thereto  to  and
                  including the Closing Dates,  and during such longer period as
                  the  Prospectus  may be required to be delivered in connection
                  with sales by the  Underwriters or a dealer,  the Registration
                  Statement (and any  post-effective  amendment thereto) and the
                  Prospectus (as amended or as supplemented if the Company shall
                  have filed with the  Commission any amendment or supplement to
                  the Registration Statement or the Prospectus) will contain all
                  statements   which  are  required  to  be  stated  therein  in
                  accordance with the Act and the Regulations,  will comply with
                  the Act and the  Regulations,  and will not contain any untrue
                  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state any  material
                  fact  required to be stated  therein or  necessary to make the
                  statements therein not

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

                  misleading,  and no event will have occurred which should have
                  been  set  forth  in  an  amendment  or   supplement   to  the
                  Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus  which has not then
                  been set forth in such an amendment or  supplement;  if a Rule
                  430A Prospectus is included in the  Registration  Statement at
                  the time it becomes  effective,  the Prospectus filed pursuant
                  to Rules 430A and  424(b)(1) or (4) will contain all Rule 430A
                  Information;  and each Preliminary Prospectus,  as of the date
                  filed  with  the  Commission,   did  not  include  any  untrue
                  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state any  material
                  fact  required to be stated  therein or  necessary to make the
                  statements   therein   not   misleading;    except   that   no
                  representation  or warranty is made in this  Section  4(a)(ii)
                  with respect to statements or omissions  made in reliance upon
                  and in conformity  with written  information  furnished to the
                  Company  as  stated  in  Section  7(b)  with  respect  to  any
                  Underwriter  by or on behalf of such  Underwriter  through the
                  Representative  expressly  for  inclusion  in any  Preliminary
                  Prospectus,  the Registration Statement, or the Prospectus, or
                  any amendment or supplement thereto.  Each of the Incorporated
                  Documents   complies  in  all  material   respects   with  the
                  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  as
                  amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  and the rules and  regulations
                  thereunder.

                           (iii)  Neither the  Commission  nor the "blue sky" or
                  securities  authority of any jurisdiction have issued an order
                  (a  "Stop  Order")   suspending  the   effectiveness   of  the
                  Registration  Statement,  preventing or suspending  the use of
                  any Preliminary Prospectus,  the Prospectus,  the Registration
                  Statement, or any amendment or supplement thereto, refusing to
                  permit the  effectiveness  of the Registration  Statement,  or
                  suspending  the  registration  or  qualification  of the  Firm
                  Shares or the Option  Shares  nor has any of such  authorities
                  instituted or threatened  to institute  any  proceedings  with
                  respect to a Stop Order.

                           (iv) Any contract,  agreement,  instrument, lease, or
                  license required to be described in the Registration Statement
                  or the Prospectus  has been properly  described  therein.  Any
                  contract agreement,  instrument, lease, or license required to
                  be filed as an exhibit to the Registration  Statement has been
                  filed  with  the  Commission  as an  exhibit  to or  has  been
                  incorporated as an exhibit by reference into the  Registration
                  Statement.

                           (v) The Company has no subsidiary or subsidiaries and
                  does not control,  directly or  indirectly,  any  corporation,
                  partnership,  joint  venture,  association  or other  business
                  organization,  except  for  those  permitted  to  be  excluded
                  pursuant to Item 601, Exhibit 21 of

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                  Regulation  S-K or those  disclosed  under  Exhibit  21 to the
                  Company's  Form 10-K for the fiscal  year ended  December  31,
                  1994  on page 18  thereof  (each  such  corporation  singly  a
                  "Subsidiary" and collectively the "Subsidiaries"). The Company
                  and each Subsidiary is a corporation  duly organized,  validly
                  existing,  and in good standing under the laws of the state of
                  its  incorporation,  with full corporate  power and authority,
                  and all necessary consents, authorizations, approvals, orders,
                  licenses,   certificates,   and  permits  of  and  from,   and
                  declarations and filings with, all federal,  state, local, and
                  other  governmental  authorities  and  all  courts  and  other
                  tribunals,  to own, lease, license, and use its properties and
                  assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted and
                  in the manner  described  in the  Prospectus.  The Company and
                  each  of  the  Subsidiaries  has  been  duly  qualified  to do
                  business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which
                  its respective ownership,  leasing,  licensing,  or character,
                  location or use of  property  and assets or the conduct of its
                  respective   business  makes  such  qualification   necessary.
                  Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries  owns,  leases
                  or licenses any property or conducts any business  outside the
                  United States of America.

                           (vi) The  authorized  capital  stock  of the  Company
                  consists  of  10,000,000  shares  of  Common  Stock,  of which
                  [____________]  shares are outstanding and 2,000,000 shares of
                  preferred  stock,  par value $10.00 per share,  of the Company
                  (the  "Preferred  Stock"),  of which 750,000 are  outstanding.
                  Each  outstanding  share of Common Stock and each  outstanding
                  share of Preferred Stock has been duly and validly  authorized
                  and  issued,  fully  paid,  and  non-assessable,  without  any
                  personal liability  attaching to the ownership thereof and has
                  not been issued and is not owned or held in  violation  of any
                  preemptive rights of stockholders. The Company owns all of the
                  shares of capital stock of the Subsidiaries, free and clear of
                  all   liens,   claims,   security   interests,   restrictions,
                  stockholders'   agreements   voting   trusts   and  any  other
                  encumbrances  whatsoever.   There  is  no  commitment,   plan,
                  preemptive  right or arrangement to issue,  and no outstanding
                  option,  warrant,  or other right calling for the issuance of,
                  shares  of  capital  stock  of  the  Company  or  any  of  the
                  Subsidiaries or any security or other  instrument which by its
                  terms is convertible  into,  exercisable  for, or exchangeable
                  for capital  stock of the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries,
                  except as may be properly  described in the Prospectus.  There
                  is  outstanding no security or other  instrument  which by its
                  terms is convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of
                  the  Company  or  any of the  Subsidiaries,  except  as may be
                  properly  described in the  Prospectus.  The 1- for-3  reverse
                  split (the "Reverse Split") with respect

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

                  to the Company's Common Stock has been duly authorized
                  by the stockholders of the Company.

                           (vii) The  consolidated  financial  statements of the
                  Company  included  in  the  Registration   Statement  and  the
                  Prospectus  fairly  present  with  respect to the  Company the
                  financial position,  the results of operations,  and the other
                  information  purported to be shown  therein at the  respective
                  dates and for the respective periods to which they apply. Such
                  financial  statements  have been prepared in  accordance  with
                  generally accepted accounting principles (except to the extent
                  that certain  footnote  disclosures  regarding any stub period
                  may have been omitted in accordance with the applicable  rules
                  of the Commission under the Exchange Act) consistently applied
                  throughout the periods involved, are correct and complete, and
                  are in  accordance  with the books and records of the Company.
                  The  accountants   whose  report  on  the  audited   financial
                  statements  is  filed  with  the  Commission  as a part of the
                  Registration  Statement are, and during the periods covered by
                  their report(s) included in the Registration Statement and the
                  Prospectus were, independent certified public accountants with
                  respect to the  Company  within the meaning of the Act and the
                  Regulations.  No other  financial  statements  are required by
                  Form  S-2 or  otherwise  to be  included  in the  Registration
                  Statement  or the  Prospectus.  There  has at no  time  been a
                  material adverse change in the financial condition, results of
                  operations,  business,  properties,  assets,  liabilities,  or
                  future  prospects  of the  Company or any of the  Subsidiaries
                  from the  latest  information  set  forth in the  Registration
                  Statement  or  the  Prospectus,  except  as  may  be  properly
                  described in the Prospectus.

                           (viii) There is no  litigation,  arbitration,  claim,
                  governmental  or other  proceeding  (formal or  informal),  or
                  investigation  before any court or before  any public  body or
                  board pending, or to the Company's knowledge,  threatened,  or
                  in  prospect  (or any  basis  therefor)  with  respect  to the
                  Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or any of their respective
                  operations,  business,  properties or assets, except as may be
                  properly  described in the Prospectus or such as  individually
                  or in the aggregate do not now have and will not in the future
                  have a material adverse effect upon the operations,  business,
                  properties,  assets or financial  condition of the Company and
                  the   Subsidiaries.   Neither  the  Company  nor  any  of  the
                  Subsidiaries  is  involved in any labor  dispute,  nor is such
                  dispute  threatened,  which  dispute  would  have  a  material
                  adverse  effect  upon the  operations,  business,  properties,
                  assets  or   financial   condition  of  the  Company  and  the
                  Subsidiaries.  Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries
                  is in violation of, or in default with

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                  respect to, any law, rule,  regulation,  order,  judgment,  or
                  decree; nor is the Company or any of the Subsidiaries required
                  to take any  action  in order to avoid any such  violation  or
                  default.

                           (ix) The  Company  and each of the  Subsidiaries  has
                  good and marketable  title in fee simple  absolute to all real
                  properties  and good title to all other  properties and assets
                  which the  Prospectus  indicates  are  owned by them,  and has
                  valid  and  enforceable  leasehold  interests  in each of such
                  items,  free  and  clear  of all  liens,  security  interests,
                  pledges, charges,  encumbrances,  and mortgages (except as may
                  be properly  described in the  Prospectus).  No real  property
                  owned,  leased,  licensed or used by the Company or any of the
                  Subsidiaries  lies in an area which is, or to the knowledge of
                  the Company will be,  subject to zoning,  use or building code
                  restrictions  which  would  prohibit,  and no  state  of facts
                  relating  to the  actions or  inaction  of  another  person or
                  entity or his or its ownership,  leasing,  licensing or use of
                  any real or personal property exists or will exist which would
                  prevent, the continued effective ownership, leasing, licensing
                  or use of such real property in the business of the Company or
                  any of  the  Subsidiaries  as  presently  conducted  or as the
                  Prospectus indicates it contemplates conducting (except as may
                  be properly described in the Prospectus).

                           (x) The Company and each of the Subsidiaries,  and to
                  the knowledge of the Company,  any other party,  is not now or
                  is not  expected by the Company to be in  violation  or breach
                  of, or in default  with respect to,  complying  with any term,
                  obligation   or   provision   of  any   contract,   agreement,
                  instrument,  lease,  license,  indenture,  mortgage,  deed  of
                  trust, note, arrangement or understanding which is material to
                  the  Company  or any of the  Subsidiaries  or by which  any of
                  their  respective  properties  or  business  may be  bound  or
                  affected, and no event has occurred which with notice or lapse
                  of time or both would constitute such a default, and each such
                  contract,  agreement,  instrument,  lease, license, indenture,
                  mortgage, deed of trust, note, arrangement or understanding is
                  in full force and is the legal,  valid and binding  obligation
                  of the  parties  thereto  and is  enforceable  as to  them  in
                  accordance  with  its  terms.  The  Company  and  each  of the
                  Subsidiaries enjoys peaceful and undisturbed  possession under
                  all leases and licenses  under which it is operating.  Neither
                  the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is a party to or bound
                  by  any  contract,  agreement,   instrument,  lease,  license,
                  indenture,  mortgage,  deed of  trust,  note,  arrangement  or
                  understanding, or subject to any charter or other restriction,
                  which has had or may in the  future  have a  material  adverse
                  effect on the financial condition,

                                      -8-

<PAGE>
                  results   of   operations,   business,   properties,   assets,
                  liabilities  or  future  prospects  of  the  Company  and  the
                  Subsidiaries.  Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries
                  is in  violation  or breach of, or in default with respect to,
                  any term of its certificate of incorporation (or other charter
                  document)  or by-laws or of any  franchise,  license,  permit,
                  judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation.

                           (xi) The Company and the Subsidiaries  have filed all
                  federal,  state,  local  and  foreign  tax  returns  which are
                  required to be filed through the date hereof, or have received
                  extensions  thereof,  and have  paid all  taxes  shown on such
                  returns  and all  assessments  received  by them to the extent
                  that the same are material and have become due.

                           (xii) All patents,  patent applications,  trademarks,
                  trademark   applications,    trade   names,   service   marks,
                  copyrights,  copyright  applications,  franchises,  and  other
                  intangible  properties  and assets listed in the  Registration
                  Statement under  "Business-Intellectual  Property" (all of the
                  foregoing being collectively herein called "Intangibles") that
                  the Company and the Subsidiaries own, possess or have pending,
                  or under which they are  licensed,  are in good  standing  and
                  uncontested.  There is no right under any Intangible necessary
                  to the  business  of  the  Company  and  the  Subsidiaries  as
                  presently conducted or as the Prospectus indicates the Company
                  and the Subsidiaries  contemplate conducting (except as may be
                  so  described  in the  Prospectus).  To the  knowledge  of the
                  Company,  neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries have
                  infringed, are not infringing,  or have received any notice of
                  infringement  with respect to asserted  Intangibles of others.
                  To the knowledge of the Company,  there is no  infringement by
                  others of Intangibles of the Company.  To the knowledge of the
                  Company, there is no Intangible of others which has had or may
                  in  the  future  have  a  materially  adverse  effect  on  the
                  financial   condition,   results  of   operations,   business,
                  properties,  assets,  liabilities  or future  prospects of the
                  Company and the Subsidiaries.

                           (xiii) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary,  or to
                  the  Company's  knowledge,   any  director,   officer,  agent,
                  employee or other person  associated  with or acting on behalf
                  of  the  Company  and  the  Subsidiaries   has,   directly  or
                  indirectly:    used   any   corporate   funds   for   unlawful
                  contributions,   gifts,   entertainment,   or  other  unlawful
                  expenses  relating to  political  activity;  made any unlawful
                  payment  to  foreign  or  domestic  government   officials  or
                  employees  or  to  foreign  domestic   political   parties  or
                  campaigns from or corporate funds;

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
                  violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of
                  1977, as amended; or made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence
                  payment,  kickback,  or other unlawful payment. No transaction
                  has occurred between or among the Company,  the  Subsidiaries,
                  or the Selling Stockholder and any of its or their officers or
                  directors or any  affiliates or affiliates of any such officer
                  or director, except as described in the Prospectus.

                           (xiv)  The  Company  and the  Subsidiaries  have  all
                  requisite power and authority to execute,  deliver and perform
                  this  Agreement.  All necessary  corporate  proceedings of the
                  Company and the Subsidiaries have been duly taken to authorize
                  the execution,  delivery and  performance  of this  Agreement.
                  This  Agreement  has  been  duly  authorized,   executed,  and
                  delivered  by the  Company,  is the legal,  valid and  binding
                  obligation  of  the  Company,  and  is  enforceable  as to the
                  Company   in   accordance   with  its   terms.   No   consent,
                  authorization, approval, order, license, certificate or permit
                  of or from, or declaration or filing with, any federal, state,
                  local or other  governmental  authority  or any court or other
                  tribunal is required  by the Company or the  Subsidiaries  for
                  the execution,  delivery or performance by the Company of this
                  Agreement  (except  filings  under the Act which  have been or
                  will be made  before  the  applicable  Closing  Date  and such
                  consents  consisting  only of  consents  under  "blue  sky" or
                  securities  laws which have been  obtained  at or prior to the
                  date  of this  Agreement).  No  consent  of any  party  to any
                  contract,  agreement,  instrument,  lease, license, indenture,
                  mortgage, deed of trust, note, arrangement or understanding to
                  which the Company or the  Subsidiaries is a party, or to which
                  any of their respective  properties or assets are subject,  is
                  required for the  execution,  delivery or  performance of this
                  Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance of this
                  Agreement,  will not violate,  result in a breach of, conflict
                  with,  accelerate the due date of any payments under, or (with
                  or  without  the  giving of notice or the  passage  of time or
                  both)  entitle any party to terminate or call a default  under
                  any such  contract,  agreement,  instrument,  lease,  license,
                  indenture,  mortgage,  deed of  trust,  note,  arrangement  or
                  understanding, or violate or result in a breach of any term of
                  the certificate of incorporation  (or other charter  document)
                  or by-laws of the  Company or the  Subsidiaries,  or  violate,
                  result  in a breach  of,  or  conflict  with  any  law,  rule,
                  regulation,  order,  judgment or decree binding on the Company
                  or any of the Subsidiaries or to which any of their respective
                  operations, business, properties or assets are subject.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

                           (xv) The Company Shares are validly  authorized.  The
                  Firm Shares, when issued and delivered in accordance with this
                  Agreement,  will be duly and validly  issued,  fully paid, and
                  non-assessable,  without any personal  liability  attaching to
                  the ownership thereof,  and will not be issued in violation of
                  any   preemptive   rights  of   stockholders,   optionholders,
                  warrantholders and any other persons and the Underwriters will
                  receive  good title to the Company  Shares  purchased by them,
                  respectively, free and clear of all liens, security interests,
                  pledges, charges,  encumbrances,  stockholders' agreements and
                  voting trusts.

                           (xvi) The Common Stock, the Preferred Stock, the Firm
                  Shares  and  the  Option  Shares  conform  to  all  statements
                  relating thereto  contained in the  Registration  Statement or
                  the Prospectus.

                           (xvii) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which
                  information  is given in the  Registration  Statement  and the
                  Prospectus,  and except as may otherwise be properly described
                  therein, there has not been any material adverse change in the
                  assets or  properties,  business or results of  operations  or
                  financial  condition  of  the  Company  or  the  Subsidiaries,
                  whether  or not  arising  from  transactions  in the  ordinary
                  course of business;  neither the Company nor the  Subsidiaries
                  has  sustained any material  loss or  interference  with their
                  respective  business  or  properties  from  fire,   explosion,
                  earthquake, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by
                  insurance; since the date of the latest balance sheet included
                  in the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,  except as
                  reflected  therein,  neither the Company nor the  Subsidiaries
                  have  undertaken  any  liability  or  obligation,   direct  or
                  contingent,  except for liabilities or obligations  undertaken
                  in the ordinary  course of business;  and neither  Company nor
                  the  Subsidiaries  have  not  (A)  issued  any  securities  or
                  incurred any liability or  obligation,  primary or contingent,
                  for borrowed  money,  (B) entered into any  transaction not in
                  the ordinary  course of business,  or (C) declared or paid any
                  dividend or made any  distribution on any of its capital stock
                  or  redeemed,  purchased  or  otherwise  acquired or agreed to
                  redeem,  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  any  shares  of its
                  capital stock.

                           (xviii)  Neither the Company nor any of its officers,
                  directors or affiliates (as defined in the  Regulations),  has
                  taken  or will  take,  directly  or  indirectly,  prior to the
                  termination of the underwriting syndicate contemplated by this
                  Agreement,  any action designed to stabilize or manipulate the
                  price of any security of the  Company,  or which has caused or
                  resulted

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

                  in, or which  might in the future  reasonably  be  expected to
                  cause or result in, stabilization or manipulation of the price
                  of any  security of the  Company,  to  facilitate  the sale or
                  resale of any of the Firm Shares or the Option Shares.

                           (xix)  The  Company  has  obtained  from  each of its
                  executive officers and directors and the Selling  Stockholder,
                  their  enforceable  written  agreement,  in form and substance
                  satisfactory  to  counsel  for the  Underwriters,  that  for a
                  period of 180 days from the date on which the public  offering
                  of the  Shares  commences  they will not,  without  your prior
                  written consent,  offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant
                  any option for the sale of, or otherwise  dispose of, directly
                  or indirectly,  any shares of Common Stock or other securities
                  of the Company (or any security or other  instrument  which by
                  its  terms  is   convertible   into,   exercisable   for,   or
                  exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or other securities of
                  the  Company,  including,  without  limitation,  any shares of
                  Common  Stock  issuable  under any  employee  stock  options),
                  beneficially  owned by them,  except  with  respect  to Shares
                  being sold in connection  herewith or their being a beneficial
                  owner of any such Shares;

                           (xx) The  Company  is not,  and does  not  intend  to
                  conduct  its  business  in a manner  in which it would  be, an
                  "investment  company"  as  defined  in  Section  3(a)  of  the
                  Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Investment Company Act").

                           (xxi) No person or  entity  has the right to  require
                  registration of shares of Common Stock or other  securities of
                  the  Company  because  of the filing or  effectiveness  of the
                  Registration  Statement,  except such person or entities  from
                  whom written  waivers of such rights have been received  prior
                  to the date hereof.

                           (xxii) Except as may be set forth in the  Prospectus,
                  the  Company  has  not  incurred  any  liability  for  a  fee,
                  commission or other  compensation on account of the employment
                  of a broker  or  finder in  connection  with the  transactions
                  contemplated by this Agreement.

                           (xxiii) No transaction has occurred  between or among
                  the  Company,  the  Subsidiaries  or any of their  officers or
                  directors or any affiliates of any such officers or directors,
                  that is required to be  described  in and is not  described in
                  the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

                           (xxiv) The Common Stock,  including  the Shares,  are
                  authorized for quotation on the NASDAQ National Market.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>


                           (xxv) Neither the Company,  the  Subsidiaries nor any
                  of their  affiliates  is  presently  doing  business  with the
                  government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate  located in
                  Cuba.  If, at any time  after  the date that the  Registration
                  Statement is declared  effective  with the  Commission or with
                  the Florida  Department  of Banking and Finance (the  "Florida
                  Department"), whichever date is later, and prior to the end of
                  the period referred to in the first clause of Section 4(a)(ii)
                  hereof,  the Company  commences  engaging in business with the
                  government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate  located in
                  Cuba, the Company will so inform the Florida Department within
                  ninety days after such  commencement  of business in Cuba, and
                  during the period referred to in Section  4(a)(ii) hereof will
                  inform the  Florida  Department  within  ninety days after any
                  change occurs with respect to previously reported information.

                  (b)      The Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to,
         and agree with, the several Underwriters that:

                           (i)  There  is  no  litigation,  arbitration,  claim,
                  governmental  or other  proceeding  (formal or  informal),  or
                  investigation before any court or beneficiary,  public body or
                  board  pending,  threatened,  or in  prospect  (or  any  basis
                  therefor known to the Selling Stockholder) with respect to the
                  Selling  Stockholder  or  any  of  the  Selling  Stockholder's
                  business,  properties or assets which would  adversely  effect
                  the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.  The Selling
                  Stockholder is not in violation of, or in default with respect
                  to, any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, or decree; nor
                  is the  Selling  Stockholder  required  to take any  action in
                  order to avoid the violation or default.

                           (ii) The Selling  Stockholder has all requisite power
                  and authority to execute, deliver, and perform this Agreement.
                  This  Agreement  has been duly executed and delivered by or on
                  behalf of the  Selling  Stockholder,  is the legal,  valid and
                  binding  obligation  of  the  Selling   Stockholder,   and  is
                  enforceable as to the Selling  Stockholder in accordance  with
                  its  terms.  No  consent,   authorization,   approval,  order,
                  license,  certificate, or permit of or from, or declaration or
                  filing with, any federal,  state,  local or other governmental
                  authority  or any court or other  tribunal  is required by the
                  Selling Stockholder for the execution, delivery or performance
                  of this  Agreement  (except  filings  under the Act which have
                  been made before the applicable  Closing Date and the consents
                  consisting  only of consents  under  "blue sky" or  securities
                  laws which have been  obtained at or prior to the date of this
                  Agreement) by the Selling Stockholder. No consent of any party
                  to any contract, agreement, instrument, lease,

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

                  license, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, arrangement
                  or understanding to which the Selling  Stockholder is a party,
                  or to which any of the  Selling  Stockholder's  properties  or
                  assets are subject, is required for the execution, delivery or
                  performance of this Agreement; and the execution, delivery and
                  performance of this  Agreement  will not violate,  result in a
                  breach of,  conflict  with,  or (with or without the giving of
                  notice of the  passage of time or both)  entitle  any party to
                  terminate or call a default under any the contract, agreement,
                  instrument,  lease,  license,  indenture,  mortgage,  deed  of
                  trust, note, arrangement or understanding,  or violate, result
                  in a breach of, or conflict with,  any law, rule,  regulation,
                  order,  judgment or decree binding on the Selling  Stockholder
                  or to  which  any of  the  Selling  Stockholder's  operations,
                  business, properties, or assets are subject.

                           (iii) The Selling  Stockholder  has good title to the
                  Selling  Stockholder Shares and Option Shares, as the case may
                  be, to be sold by the  Selling  Stockholder  pursuant  to this
                  Agreement,  free and clear of all liens,  security  interests,
                  pledges, charges,  encumbrances,  stockholders' agreements and
                  voting  trusts  and when  delivered  in  accordance  with this
                  Agreement,  the  Underwriters  will  receive good title to the
                  Selling  Stockholder Shares and the Option Shares purchased by
                  them,  respectively,  from the Selling  Stockholder,  free and
                  clear of all  liens,  security  interests,  pledges,  charges,
                  encumbrances, stockholders' agreements and voting trusts.

                           (iv) Neither the Selling  Stockholder  nor any of the
                  Selling   Stockholder's   affiliates   (as   defined   in  the
                  Regulations)  has taken or will take,  directly or indirectly,
                  prior  to  the  termination  of  the  underwriting   syndicate
                  contemplated  by  this  Agreement,   any  action  designed  to
                  stabilize  or  manipulate  the  price of any  security  of the
                  Company, or which has caused or resulted in, or which might in
                  the  future  reasonably  be  expected  to cause or result  in,
                  stabilization  or manipulation of the price of any security of
                  the Company,  to  facilitate  the sale or resale of any of the
                  Selling Stockholder Shares or the Option Shares.

                           (v) All  information  furnished or to be furnished to
                  the Company by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholder for use
                  in  connection  with  the  preparation  of  the   Registration
                  Statement and the  Prospectus is true in all respects and does
                  not and will not  include any untrue  statement  of a material
                  fact or omit to state any material  fact required to be stated
                  therein  or  necessary  to make  the  statements  therein  not
                  misleading.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>
                           (vi)  Except as may be set  forth in the  Prospectus,
                  the Selling  Stockholder  has not incurred any liability for a
                  fee,  commission  or  other  compensation  on  account  of the
                  employment  of a  broker  or  finder  in  connection  with the
                  transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                           (vii) The Selling  Stockholder has no knowledge that,
                  and does not believe that, any  representation  or warranty of
                  the Company in Section 4(a) is incorrect.

                           (viii) The Selling  Stockholder has not,  directly or
                  indirectly:    used   any   corporate   funds   for   unlawful
                  contributions,   gifts,   entertainment,   or  other  unlawful
                  expenses  relating to  political  activity;  made any unlawful
                  payment  to  foreign  or  domestic  government   officials  or
                  employees  or to  foreign  or  domestic  political  parties or
                  campaigns from corporate funds;  violated any provision of the
                  Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or made any
                  bribe, rebate, payoff,  influence payment,  kickback, or other
                  unlawful payment.

                           (ix) The  Selling  Stockholder  Shares and the Option
                  Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder  pursuant to this
                  Agreement are duly and validly  authorized  and issued,  fully
                  paid and non-assessable,  and have not been issued and are not
                  owned  or  held  in  violation  of  any  preemptive  right  of
                  stockholders, optionholders, warrantholders or other persons.

                           (x) No transaction  has occurred  between the Selling
                  Stockholder  and the Company  that is required to be described
                  in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

                  5.   Conditions   of  the   Underwriters'   Obligations.   The
         obligations  of the  Underwriters  under this Agreement are several and
         not joint.  The respective  obligations of the Underwriters to purchase
         the Shares are subject to each of the following terms and conditions:

                  (a) The  Prospectus  shall  have been  timely  filed  with the
         Commission in accordance with Section 6(a)(i) of this Agreement.

                  (b)  No  order   preventing  or  suspending  the  use  of  any
         Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus shall have been or shall be in
         effect and no order  suspending the  effectiveness  of the Registration
         Statement  shall be in effect and no proceedings  for the purpose shall
         be pending before or threatened by the Commission, and any requests for
         additional information on the part of the Commission (to be included in
         the  Registration  Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise) shall have
         been complied with to the satisfaction of the Representative.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>


                  (c) The  representations and warranties of the Company and the
         Selling Stockholder contained in this Agreement and in the certificates
         delivered  pursuant to Section 5(d) shall be true and correct when made
         and on and as of each  Closing  Date as if  made  on the  date  and the
         Company and the Selling  Stockholder shall have performed all covenants
         and  agreements  and  satisfied  all the  conditions  contained in this
         Agreement  required to be  performed  or  satisfied by it or them at or
         before the Closing Date.

                  (d) The  Representative  shall have  received on each  Closing
         Date (i) a certificate,  addressed to the Representative and dated such
         Closing Date, of the chief executive or chief operating officer and the
         chief  financial  officer of the Company to the effect that the persons
         executing such  certificate  have carefully  examined the  Registration
         Statement,   the   Prospectus   and   this   Agreement   and  that  the
         representations  and  warranties  of the Company in this  Agreement are
         true and correct on and as of such Closing Date with the same effect as
         if  made  on such  Closing  Date  and the  Company  has  performed  all
         covenants and agreements and satisfied all conditions contained in this
         Agreement  required to be  performed  or satisfied by it at or prior to
         such   Closing   Date  and   (ii)   certificates,   addressed   to  the
         Representative and dated such Closing Date, of the Selling  Stockholder
         to the effect that the  representations  and  warranties of the Selling
         Stockholder are true and correct on and as of such Closing Date and the
         Selling  Stockholder  has performed all  covenants and  agreements  and
         satisfied all  conditions  contained in this  Agreement  required to be
         performed or satisfied by the Selling  Stockholder  at or prior to such
         Closing Date.

                  (e) The  Representative  shall have  received at the time this
         Agreement is executed  and on each  Closing  Date a signed  letter from
         Deloitte  & Touche  LLP,  addressed  to the  Representative  and dated,
         respectively, the date of this Agreement and each such Closing Date, in
         form and scope  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Representative,  with
         reproduced  copies  or  signed  counterparts  thereof  for  each of the
         Underwriters  confirming that they are independent  accountants  within
         the meaning of the Act and the  Regulations,  that the response to Item
         10 of the Registration  Statement is correct in so far as it relates to
         them and stating in effect that:

                           (i) in their opinion the audited financial statements
                  and financial  statement schedules included or incorporated by
                  reference in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and
                  reported on by them comply as to form in all material respects
                  with the applicable  accounting  requirements  of the Act, the
                  Exchange Act and the related  published  rules and regulations
                  thereunder;


                                      -16-
<PAGE>

                           (ii)  on  the  basis  of a  reading  of  the  amounts
                  included  in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus
                  under the  headings  "Summary  Financial  Data" and  "Selected
                  Financial Data," which would not necessarily reveal matters of
                  significance  with  respect to the  comments set forth in such
                  letter,  a  reading  of the  minutes  of the  meetings  of the
                  stockholders  and  directors of the Company,  and inquiries of
                  certain officials of the Company who have  responsibility  for
                  financial  and  accounting   matters  of  the  Company  as  to
                  transactions  and events  subsequent to the date of the latest
                  audited  financial  statements,  except  as  disclosed  in the
                  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus,  nothing came to
                  their attention which caused them to believe that:

                                    (A) the amounts in "Summary Financial Data,"
                           and   "Selected    Financial    Data"   included   or
                           incorporated   by  reference   in  the   Registration
                           Statement  and the  Prospectus  do not agree with the
                           corresponding   amounts  in  the  audited   financial
                           statements from which such amounts were derived; or

                                    (B) with respect to the Company, there were,
                           at a specified  date not more than five business days
                           prior to the date of the letter, any decreases in net
                           sales,  income  before income taxes and net income or
                           any increases in long-term debt of the Company or any
                           decreases in the capital  stock,  working  capital or
                           the stockholders'  equity in the Company, as compared
                           with  the  amounts  shown  on the  Company's  audited
                           Balance Sheet for the fiscal year ended  December 31,
                           1994  included in the  Registration  Statement or the
                           audited Statement of Operations, for such year; and

                           (iii) they have performed certain other procedures as
                  a result  of which  they  determined  that  information  of an
                  accounting,  financial or statistical nature (which is limited
                  to accounting,  financial or statistical  information  derived
                  from the general  accounting records of the Company) set forth
                  in  the   Registration   Statement  and  the   Prospectus  and
                  reasonably  specified  by the  Representative  agrees with the
                  accounting records of the Company.

                  References to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus in
         this paragraph (e) are to such documents as amended and supplemented at
         the date of such letter.


                  (f) The  Representative  shall have  received on each  Closing
         Date from McGuire  Woods Battle & Boothe LLP,  counsel for the Company,
         an opinion, addressed to the Representative

                                      -17-
<PAGE>
         and dated such  Closing  Date,  and in form and scope  satisfactory  to
         counsel  for  the  Underwriters,   with  reproduced  copies  or  signed
         counterparts thereof for each of the Underwriters, to the effect that:

                           (i) The Company has no subsidiary or subsidiaries and
                  does not control,  directly or  indirectly,  any  corporation,
                  partnership,  joint  venture,  association  or other  business
                  organization,  except  for  those  permitted  to  be  excluded
                  pursuant  to Item  601,  Exhibit  21 or  Regulation  S-K.  The
                  Company and each  Subsidiary is a corporation  duly organized,
                  validly  existing,  and in good standing under the laws of the
                  state of its  incorporation,  with  full  corporate  power and
                  authority to own,  lease,  license and use its  properties and
                  assets and to conduct its business in the manner  described in
                  the Prospectus.  To the knowledge of such counsel, the Company
                  has all necessary consents, authorizations, approvals, orders,
                  certificates  and permits of and from,  and  declarations  and
                  filings with, all federal, state, local and other governmental
                  authorities and all courts and other tribunals, to own, lease,
                  license and use its  properties  and assets and to conduct its
                  business  in  the  manner  described  in the  Prospectus.  The
                  Company and each of the  Subsidiaries  has been duly qualified
                  to do business  and is in good  standing,  in each state where
                  the failure to be so qualified  could have a material  adverse
                  effect on the operating condition (financial and otherwise) or
                  business  of the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries.  Neither the
                  Company nor the  Subsidiaries  owns,  leases or  licenses  any
                  property or conducts any business outside the United States of
                  America.

                           (ii)  The   Company   has   authorized,   issued  and
                  outstanding  capital stock as set forth in the "actual" column
                  of the capitalization table under the caption "Capitalization"
                  in the Prospectus.  The certificates evidencing the shares are
                  in due and proper legal form. Each outstanding share of Common
                  Stock has been duly and validly  authorized and issued,  fully
                  paid,  and  non-assessable,  without  any  personal  liability
                  attaching to the  ownership  thereof,  and has not been issued
                  and is not owned or held in violation of any preemptive  right
                  of stockholders. The Company owns all of the shares of capital
                  stock  of the  Subsidiaries,  free  and  clear  of all  liens,
                  claims,   security  interests,   restrictions,   stockholders'
                  agreements,   voting   trusts   and  any  other   encumbrances
                  whatsoever.  To the  knowledge  of such  counsel,  there is no
                  commitment,  plan, or arrangement to issue, and no outstanding
                  option,  warrant,  or other right calling for the issuance of,
                  any  share  of  capital  stock  of the  Company  or any of the
                  Subsidiaries or any security or other  instrument which by its
                  terms is convertible  into,  exercisable  for, or exchangeable
                  for

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

                  capital  stock  of the  Company  or  any of the  Subsidiaries,
                  except as may be properly described in the Prospectus.  To the
                  knowledge of such counsel, there is outstanding no security or
                  other  instrument  which  by its  terms is  convertible  into,
                  exercisable  for or  exchangeable  for  capital  stock  of the
                  Company or any of the Subsidiaries,  except as may be properly
                  described in the Prospectus. The Reverse Split with respect to
                  the  Company's  Common Stock has been duly  authorized  by the
                  stockholders of the Company.

                           (iii) To the knowledge of such  counsel,  there is no
                  litigation,   arbitration,   claim,   governmental   or  other
                  proceeding (formal or informal),  or investigation  before any
                  court or before any public body or board pending,  threatened,
                  or in prospect  (or any basis  therefor)  with  respect to the
                  Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or any of their respective
                  operations,   businesses,  properties,  assets,  or  financial
                  condition   except  as  may  be  properly   described  in  the
                  Prospectus or such as  individually or in the aggregate do not
                  now have and will not in the future  have a  material  adverse
                  effect upon the operations,  business,  properties, assets, or
                  financial  condition of the Company and the  Subsidiaries.  To
                  the knowledge of such counsel, neither the Company, nor any of
                  the  Subsidiaries,  is involved in any labor  dispute,  nor is
                  such dispute  threatened,  which dispute would have a material
                  adverse  effect  upon the  operations,  business,  properties,
                  assets  or   financial   condition  of  the  Company  and  the
                  Subsidiaries.   Neither   the   Company,   nor   any   of  the
                  Subsidiaries,  is in violation  of, or in default with respect
                  to, any law, rule,  regulation,  order,  judgment,  or decree,
                  except as may be properly  described in the Prospectus or such
                  as in the aggregate do not now have and will not in the future
                  have a material adverse effect upon the operations,  business,
                  properties,  assets, or financial condition of the Company and
                  of  the  Subsidiaries;  nor  is  the  Company  or  any  of the
                  Subsidiaries required to take any action in order to avoid any
                  such violation or default.

                           (iv) To the  knowledge of such  counsel,  neither the
                  Company,  nor any of the Subsidiaries,  nor any other party is
                  now or is expected by the Company to be in violation or breach
                  of, or in default  with respect to,  complying  with any term,
                  obligation   or   provision   of  any   contract,   agreement,
                  instrument,  lease,  license,  indenture,  mortgage,  deed  of
                  trust, note, arrangement or understanding which is material to
                  the  Company  or any of the  Subsidiaries  or by which  any of
                  their  respective  properties  or  businesses  may be bound or
                  affected and no event has occurred  which with notice or lapse
                  of time or both would constitute such a default.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>


                           (v) Neither  the Company nor any of the  Subsidiaries
                  is in  violation  or breach of, or in default with respect to,
                  any term of its certificate of incorporation (or other charter
                  document) or by-laws.

                           (vi)  The  Company  and  the  Subsidiaries  have  all
                  requisite power and authority to execute,  deliver and perform
                  this Agreement and to issue and sell the Shares. All necessary
                  corporate proceedings of the Company and the Subsidiaries have
                  been  taken  to   authorize   the   execution,   delivery  and
                  performance by the Company of this  Agreement.  This Agreement
                  has  been  duly  authorized,  executed  and  delivered  by the
                  Company,  is the legal,  valid and binding  obligation  of the
                  Company and (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, and
                  other laws affecting the  enforceability  of creditors' rights
                  generally) is enforceable as to the Company in accordance with
                  its  terms.  No  consent,   authorization,   approval,  order,
                  license,  certificate  or permit of or from, or declaration or
                  filing with,  any federal state,  local or other  governmental
                  authority  or any court or other  tribunal  is required by the
                  Company,  or the  execution,  delivery or  performance  by the
                  Company of this Agreement  (except filings under the Act which
                  have  been  made  prior  to  the  Closing  Date  and  consents
                  consisting  only of consents  under  "blue sky" or  securities
                  laws).  To the  knowledge of such  counsel,  no consent of any
                  party to any contract, agreement,  instrument, lease, license,
                  indenture,  mortgage,  deed of  trust,  note,  arrangement  or
                  understanding  to which the Company or the  Subsidiaries  is a
                  party,  or to which  any of  their  respective  properties  or
                  assets are subject, is required for the execution, delivery or
                  performance of this Agreement; and the execution, delivery and
                  performance of this  Agreement  will not violate,  result in a
                  breach of,  conflict  with,  or (with or without the giving of
                  notice or the  passage of time or both)  entitle  any party to
                  terminate  or  call  a  default   under  any  such   contract,
                  agreement,  instrument,  lease, license, indenture,  mortgage,
                  deed of trust,  note,  arrangement or  understanding,  in each
                  case known to such  counsel,  or violate or result in a breach
                  of any term of the  certificate  of  incorporation  (or  other
                  charter   document)   or  by-laws   of  the   Company  or  the
                  Subsidiaries,  or violate,  result in a breach of, or conflict
                  with any law, rule,  regulation,  order,  judgment,  or decree
                  binding on the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries or to which
                  any of their respective operations,  businesses, properties or
                  assets are subject.

                           (vii) The Firm Shares and the Option  Shares are duly
                  and validly authorized.  Such opinion delivered at each of the
                  Closing Dates shall state that each Share, as the case may be,
                  to be delivered on that date is duly

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

                  and validly issued,  fully paid, and  non-assessable,  with no
                  personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof,  and is
                  not  issued  in   violation  of  any   preemptive   rights  of
                  stockholders, and the Underwriters have received good title to
                  the Shares purchased by them,  respectively,  from the Company
                  for the  consideration  contemplated  herein and in good faith
                  and without  notice of any adverse claim within the meaning of
                  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code,  free and clear of any  liens,
                  security   interests,    pledges,    charges,    encumbrances,
                  stockholders' agreements,  voting trusts and other claims. The
                  Common  Stock,  the Preferred  Stock,  the Firm Shares and the
                  Option  Shares  conform  to all  statements  relating  thereto
                  contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

                           (viii)  To  the  knowledge  of  such   counsel,   any
                  contract, agreement,  instrument, lease or license required to
                  be described in the  Registration  Statement or the Prospectus
                  has been properly described therein.  To the knowledge of such
                  counsel, any contract, agreement, instrument, lease or license
                  required  to  be  filed  as an  exhibit  to  the  Registration
                  Statement has been filed with the  Commission as an exhibit to
                  or has been  incorporated  as an exhibit by reference into the
                  Registration Statement.

                           (ix) Insofar as statements in the Prospectus  purport
                  to summarize  the status of  litigation  or the  provisions of
                  laws,  rules,   regulations,   orders,   judgments,   decrees,
                  contracts,  agreements,  instruments, leases or licenses, such
                  statements  have been prepared or reviewed by such counsel and
                  to the  knowledge  of such  counsel,  accurately  reflect  the
                  status  of such  litigation  and  provisions  purported  to be
                  summarized and are correct in all material respects.

                           (x) The  Company is not an  "investment  company"  as
                  defined in Section 3(a) of the Investment  Company Act and, if
                  the  Company  conducts  its  business  as  set  forth  in  the
                  Prospectus,  will not become an "investment  company" and will
                  not be required to be registered under the Investment  Company
                  Act.

                           (xi) To the knowledge of such  counsel,  no person or
                  entity  has the  right to  require  registration  of shares of
                  Common Stock or other securities of the Company because of the
                  filing or effectiveness  of the Registration  Statement except
                  such  persons or entities  from whom  written  waivers of such
                  rights have been received prior to the Closing Date.

                           (xii) The Registration Statement has become effective
                  under the Act. No Stop Order has been issued

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

                  and no proceedings for that purpose has been instituted or are
                  threatened,   pending,   or  to  such   counsel's   knowledge,
                  contemplated.

                           (xiii)  The  Registration  Statement,  any Rule  430A
                  Prospectus,   and  the   Prospectus,   and  any  amendment  or
                  supplement thereto (other than financial  statements and other
                  financial data and schedules  which are or should be contained
                  in any  thereof,  as to which  such  counsel  need  express no
                  opinion),  comply as to form in all material respects with the
                  requirements of the Act and the Regulations.  To the knowledge
                  of such counsel,  the  conditions for the use of Form S-2 have
                  been satisfied with respect to the Registration Statement.

                           (xiv) Such  counsel has no reason to believe that any
                  of the Registration  Statement,  any Rule 430A Prospectus,  or
                  the Prospectus,  or any amendment or supplement thereto (other
                  than  financial   statements  and  other  financial  data  and
                  schedules which are or should be contained in any thereof,  as
                  to which such counsel  need express no opinion),  contains any
                  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or  omits  to  state a
                  material  fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to
                  make the statements therein not misleading.

                           (xv) To the  knowledge  of such  counsel,  since  the
                  effective  date of the  Registration  Statement,  no event has
                  occurred  which  should have been set forth in an amendment or
                  supplement  to the  Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus
                  which  has  not  been  set  forth  in  such  an  amendment  or
                  supplement.

                           (xvi) The  agreement  of each officer and director of
                  the  Company,  stating  that for a period of 180 days from the
                  date on which the public  offering  of the  Shares  commences,
                  such  party  will  not,  without  the  Representative's  prior
                  written consent,  offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant
                  any option for the sale of, or otherwise  dispose of, directly
                  or  indirectly,  any  shares  of  Common  Stock  (or any other
                  securities of the Company or any security or other  instrument
                  which by its terms is convertible  into,  exercisable  for, or
                  exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or other securities of
                  the  Company,  including,  without  limitation,  any shares of
                  Common  Stock  issuable  under any  employee  stock  options),
                  beneficially  owned by such  party,  has been duly and validly
                  authorized,   executed   and   delivered  by  such  party  and
                  constitutes  the legal,  valid and binding  obligation of such
                  party  enforceable  against such party in accordance  with its
                  terms.

                  In addition,  such  counsel  shall state that such counsel has
participated in the preparation of the Registration Statement

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

and the Prospectus and in conferences with officers and other  representative of
the Company,  representative  of the  Representative  and  representative of the
independent accountants of the Company, at which conferences the contents of the
Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus  and related  matters were discussed
and,  although  such counsel has not  independently  verified and is not passing
upon and does not assume any  responsibility  for the accuracy,  completeness or
fairness of the  statements  contained  in the  Registration  Statement  and the
Prospectus (except as specified in the foregoing  opinion),  on the basis of the
foregoing and relying as to materiality  upon the  representations  of executive
officers of the Company after conferring with such executive officers,  no facts
have come to the  attention of such  counsel  which lead such counsel to believe
that the Registration  Statement at the time it became  effective  contained any
untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
or that the Prospectus,  except for the financial statements and other financial
and  statistical  data  included  therein as to which  counsel  need  express no
opinion,  as amended or  supplemented  on the date thereof  contained any untrue
statement of a material  fact or omitted to state a material  fact  necessary in
order to make the statements  therein,  in the light of the circumstances  under
which they were made, not misleading.

                  In rendering their opinion as aforesaid, counsel may rely upon
an opinion or opinions,  each dated the Closing Date, of other counsel  retained
by the Company as to laws of any jurisdiction other than the Federal laws of the
United  States  or the  General  Corporate  Law of the  State of  Delaware  (for
purposes of rendering their opinion, such counsel may assume that the law of the
State  of New  York is the  same  as the law of the  State  of  Virginia  in all
respects), provided that (1) each such local counsel is reasonably acceptable to
the Representative and (2) such reliance is expressly authorized by each opinion
so  relied  upon  and  a  copy  of  each  such   opinion  is  addressed  to  the
Representative and is in form and substance reasonably  satisfactory to them and
their counsel. In addition, such counsel may rely, as to matters of fact, to the
extent such counsel deems proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the
Company,  provided that executed copies of such certificates are provided to the
Representative.

                  (g) The  Representative  shall have  received on each  Closing
         date from  __________________,  counsel to the Selling Stockholder,  an
         opinion, addressed to the Representative,  and dated such Closing Date,
         to the effect that:

                           (i) The Selling  Stockholder  has all requisite power
                  and authority to execute,  deliver and perform this  Agreement
                  and to issue and sell the Shares. This Agreement has been duly
                  authorized, executed and delivered by the Selling Stockholder,
                  is the legal,

                                      -23-
<PAGE>

                  valid and binding  obligation of the Selling  Stockholder  and
                  (subject to applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency, and other laws
                  affecting the  enforceability  of creditors' rights generally)
                  is  enforceable  as to the Selling  Stockholder  in accordance
                  with its terms. No consent,  authorization,  approval,  order,
                  license,  certificate  or permit of or from, or declaration or
                  filing with,  any federal state,  local or other  governmental
                  authority  or any court or other  tribunal  is required by the
                  Selling   Stockholder,   for  the   execution,   delivery   or
                  performance  by the  Selling  Stockholder  of  this  Agreement
                  (except  filings  under the Act which  have been made prior to
                  the  Closing  Date and  consents  consisting  only of consents
                  under "blue sky" or securities laws). To the knowledge of such
                  counsel,  no consent of any party to any contract,  agreement,
                  instrument,  lease,  license,  indenture,  mortgage,  deed  of
                  trust, note, arrangement or understanding to which the Selling
                  Stockholder  is a party,  or to which any of its properties or
                  assets are subject, is required for the execution, delivery or
                  performance of this Agreement; and the execution, delivery and
                  performance of this  Agreement  will not violate,  result in a
                  breach of,  conflict  with,  or (with or without the giving of
                  notice or the  passage of time or both)  entitle  any party to
                  terminate  or  call  a  default   under  any  such   contract,
                  agreement,  instrument,  lease, license, indenture,  mortgage,
                  deed of trust,  note,  arrangement or  understanding,  in each
                  case known to such  counsel,  or violate or result in a breach
                  of any term of the certificate of  incorporation or by-laws of
                  the Selling Stockholder, or violate, result in a breach of, or
                  conflict with any law, rule,  regulation,  order, judgment, or
                  decree  binding on the Selling  Stockholder or to which any of
                  its operations, businesses, properties or assets are subject.

                           (ii) Such  opinion  delivered  at each of the Closing
                  Dates shall  state that each Share,  as the case may be, to be
                  delivered on that date is duly and validly issued, fully paid,
                  and  non-assessable,  with no personal liability  attaching to
                  the ownership  thereof,  and is not issued in violation of any
                  preemptive  rights of stockholders,  and the Underwriters have
                  received   good  title  to  the  Shares   purchased  by  them,
                  respectively,   from   the   Selling   Stockholder   for   the
                  consideration  contemplated  herein  and  in  good  faith  and
                  without  notice of any adverse claim within the meaning of the
                  Uniform Commercial Code, free and clear of any liens, security
                  interests,  pledges,  charges,   encumbrances,   stockholders'
                  agreements, voting trusts and other claims.

                  (h) The  Representative  shall have  received on each  Closing
         Date from , patent  counsel for the Company,  an opinion,  addressed to
         the Representative and

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

         dated such Closing Date in form and substance  satisfactory  to counsel
         for the Underwriters.

                  (i) The Reverse  Split with  respect to the  Company's  Common
         Stock  shall  have  been duly  authorized  by the  stockholders  of the
         Company and the appropriate document evidencing the Reverse Split shall
         have been filed and accepted by the  Secretary of State of the State of
         Delaware.

                  (j) All  proceedings  taken in connection with the sale of the
         Firm  Shares  and the  Option  Shares as herein  contemplated  shall be
         satisfactory  in  form  and  substance  to the  Representative  and its
         counsel,  and the  Underwriters  shall  have  received  from  Squadron,
         Ellenoff,  Plesent,  Sheinfeld  &  Sorkin  LLP,  a  favorable  opinion,
         addressed  to the  Representative  and dated such  Closing  Date,  with
         respect to the Shares,  the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,
         and such other related matters,  as the  Representative  may reasonably
         request,  and the  Company  and the  Selling  Stockholders  shall  have
         furnished to Squadron,  Ellenoff, Plesent, Sheinfeld & Sorkin LLP, such
         documents  as they may  reasonably  request for the purpose of enabling
         them to pass upon such matters.

         6.       Covenants of the Company and the Selling Stockholders.


                  (a)      The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

                           (i) The Company  shall use its best  efforts to cause
                  the Registration  Statement to become effective as promptly as
                  possible. If the Registration  Statement has become or becomes
                  effective  with  a  form  of  prospectus  omitting  Rule  430A
                  information, or filing of the Prospectus is otherwise required
                  under  Rule  424(b),  the  Company  will file the  Prospectus,
                  properly  completed,  pursuant to Rule 424(b)  within the time
                  period  prescribed and will provide  evidence  satisfactory to
                  you of such  timely  filing.  The  Company  shall  notify  you
                  immediately,  and confirm such notice in writing, (A) when the
                  Registration   Statement  and  any  post-effective   amendment
                  thereto become  effective,  (B) of the receipt of any comments
                  from the Commission or the "blue sky" or securities  authority
                  of any jurisdiction regarding the Registration Statement,  any
                  post-effective  amendment  thereto,  the  Prospectus,  or  any
                  amendment or supplement thereto, and (C) of the receipt of any
                  notification  with respect to a Stop Order.  The Company shall
                  not  file  any  amendment  to the  Registration  Statement  or
                  supplement to the Prospectus  unless the Company has furnished
                  the Representative a copy for their review prior to filing and
                  shall not file any such  proposed  amendment or  supplement to
                  which the Representative reasonably objects. The Company shall
                  use its best efforts to

                                      -25-
<PAGE>
                  prevent  the  issuance  of any Stop Order and,  if issued, to
                  obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

                           (ii)  During the time when a  prospectus  relating to
                  the Shares is required to be delivered  hereunder or under the
                  Act or the  Regulations,  comply so far as it is able with all
                  requirements  imposed  upon it by the Act, as now existing and
                  as hereafter amended, and by the Regulations,  as from time to
                  time in force,  so far as necessary to permit the  continuance
                  of sales of or dealings in the Shares in  accordance  with the
                  provisions  hereof and the Prospectus.  If, at any time when a
                  prospectus  relating to the Shares is required to be delivered
                  under  the Act and the  Regulations,  any event as a result of
                  which the  Prospectus  as then amended or  supplemented  would
                  include  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to
                  state  any  material  fact  necessary  to make the  statements
                  therein  in the light of the  circumstances  under  which they
                  were made not misleading, or if it shall be necessary to amend
                  or  supplement  the  Prospectus  to comply with the Act or the
                  Regulations,  the Company promptly shall prepare and file with
                  the Commission, subject to the third sentence of paragraph (i)
                  of this Section 6(a),  an amendment or supplement  which shall
                  correct such statement or omission or an amendment which shall
                  effect such compliance.

                           (iii) The Company shall make  generally  available to
                  its  security  holders  and to the  Representative  as soon as
                  practicable,  but not later  than 45 days after the end of the
                  12-month period  beginning at the end of the fiscal quarter of
                  the Company  during  which the  Effective  Date (or 90 days if
                  such  12-month  period  coincides  with the  Company's  fiscal
                  year),  an earnings  statement  (which need not be audited) of
                  the  Company,  covering  such  12-month  period,  which  shall
                  satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act or Rule 158
                  of the Regulations.

                           (iv) The Company shall furnish to the  Representative
                  and  counsel  for the  Underwriters,  without  charge,  signed
                  copies of the Registration  Statement  (including all exhibits
                  thereto, Incorporated Documents and amendments thereto) and to
                  each other  Underwriter a copy of the  Registration  Statement
                  (without  exhibits thereto or Incorporated  Documents) and all
                  amendments thereof and, so long as delivery of a prospectus by
                  an  Underwriter  or dealer may be  required  by the Act or the
                  Regulations,  as many copies of any preliminary prospectus and
                  the  Prospectus  and any  amendments  thereof and  supplements
                  thereto as the Representative may reasonably request.


                                      -26-
<PAGE>

                           (v)   The   Company   shall    cooperate   with   the
                  Representative  and its counsel in  endeavoring to qualify the
                  Shares for offer and sale under the laws of such jurisdictions
                  as the  Representative  may designate and shall  maintain such
                  qualifications   in  effect  so  long  as  required   for  the
                  distribution of the Shares within such jurisdiction; provided,
                  however,  that the Company shall not be required in connection
                  therewith,  as a  condition  thereof,  to qualify as a foreign
                  corporation  or to  execute a general  consent  to  service of
                  process in any  jurisdiction  or subject itself to taxation as
                  doing business in any jurisdiction.

                           (vi) For a period  of five  years  after  the date of
                  this   Agreement,    the   Company   shall   supply   to   the
                  Representative,  and to  each  other  Underwriter  who  may so
                  request in writing,  copies of such  financial  statements and
                  other  periodic  and  special  reports as the Company may from
                  time to time distribute  generally to the holders of any class
                  of its capital  stock and to furnish to the  Representative  a
                  copy of each  annual or other  report it shall be  required to
                  file with the Commission.

                           (vii)  Without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the
                  Representative,  for a  period  of 180  days  from the date on
                  which a public offering of the Shares  commences,  the Company
                  shall not  issue,  sell or  register  with the  Commission  or
                  otherwise  dispose of, directly or indirectly,  any securities
                  of  the  Company  (or  any  securities   convertible  into  or
                  exercisable  or  exchangeable  for securities of the Company),
                  except  for  the  issuance  of  the  Shares  pursuant  to  the
                  Registration Statement.

                           (viii) On or before completion of this offering,  the
                  Company  shall  make all  filings  required  under  applicable
                  securities laws and by the NASDAQ National Market.

                           (ix) Prior to each  Closing  Date and for a period of
                  25 days  thereafter,  you  shall be given  reasonable  written
                  prior notice of any press  release or other direct or indirect
                  communication  and of any press conference with respect to the
                  Company,  the  financial  conditions,  results of  operations,
                  business,  properties,  assets, liabilities of the Company, or
                  this offering.

                  (b) The Company and the Selling  Stockholder  agree to pay, or
         reimburse,  on a pro rata basis  (except  with respect to (ii) and (iv)
         below as to which the Company shall be solely  responsible)  if paid by
         the Representative, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby
         are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, all costs and expenses
         relating to the registration and public offering of the Shares

                                      -27-
<PAGE>

         including those relating to: (i) the preparation,  printing, filing and
         distribution  of the  Registration  Statement  including  all  exhibits
         thereto, each preliminary  prospectus,  the Prospectus,  all amendments
         and supplements to the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,  and
         any documents required to be delivered with any Preliminary  Prospectus
         or the  Prospectus,  and the printing,  filing and  distribution of the
         Agreement  Among  Underwriters,  this Agreement and related  documents;
         (ii) the preparation and delivery of certificates for the Shares to the
         Underwriters; (iii) the registration or qualification of the Shares for
         offer and sale  under the  securities  or Blue Sky laws of the  various
         jurisdictions  referred to in Section  6(a)(v),  including the fees and
         disbursements  of counsel for the  Underwriters in connection with such
         registration  and   qualification   and  the   preparation,   printing,
         distribution  and shipment of preliminary  and  supplementary  Blue Sky
         memoranda;  (iv)  the  furnishing  (including  costs  of  shipping  and
         mailing) to the  Representative  and to the  Underwriters  of copies of
         each  preliminary  prospectus,  the  Prospectus  and all  amendments or
         supplements to the Prospectus, and of the several documents required by
         this Section to be so furnished, as may be reasonably requested for use
         in  connection  with  the  offering  and  sale  of  the  Shares  by the
         Underwriters  or by dealers to whom Shares may be sold;  (v) the filing
         fees  of the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  in
         connection  with its review of the terms of the public  offering;  (vi)
         the  furnishing  (including  costs  of  shipping  and  mailing)  to the
         Representative  and to the  Underwriters  of copies of all  reports and
         information required by Section 6(a)(vi); (vii) inclusion of the Shares
         for  quotation on the NASDAQ  National  Market  System;  and (viii) all
         transfer  taxes,  if any,  with respect to the sale and delivery of the
         Shares by the Company and the Selling  Stockholder to the Underwriters.
         Except as otherwise  contemplated by Section 9 hereof, the Underwriters
         will  pay  their  own  counsel  fees and  expenses  to the  extent  not
         otherwise  covered  by clause  (iii)  above,  and their own  travel and
         travel-related  expenses in  connection  with the  distribution  of the
         Shares. Without limiting the Company's obligations set forth above, the
         Selling  Stockholder  agrees to pay all of its other costs and expenses
         incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and
         the sale of the Shares by it hereunder.

         7.       Indemnification.

                  (a) The Company  agrees to indemnify  and hold  harmless  each
         Underwriter  and each person,  if any,  who  controls  any  Underwriter
         within  the  meaning  of  Section  15 of the Act or  Section  20 of the
         Exchange  Act  against  any  and  all  losses,   claims,   damages  and
         liabilities,  joint or several (including any reasonable investigation,
         legal and other  expenses  incurred in connection  with, and any amount
         paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim

                                      -28-
<PAGE>
         asserted),  to which they, or any of them, may become subject under the
         Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state law or  regulation,  at
         common law or  otherwise,  insofar as such losses,  claims,  damages or
         liabilities  arise out of or are based  upon any  untrue  statement  or
         alleged   untrue   statement  of  a  material  fact  contained  in  any
         preliminary prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or
         any  amendment  thereof or supplement  thereto,  or arise out of or are
         based upon any omission or alleged  omission to state therein such fact
         required  to be stated  therein or  necessary  to make such  statements
         therein not  misleading.  The Selling  Stockholder  agrees to indemnify
         each Underwriter and each person,  if any, who controls any Underwriter
         within  the  meaning  of  Section  15 of the Act or  Section  20 of the
         Exchange  Act,  against  any  and  all  losses,   claims,  damages  and
         liabilities,  joint or several (including any reasonable investigation,
         legal and other  expenses  incurred in connection  with, and any amount
         paid in  settlement  of, any action,  suit or  proceeding  or any claim
         asserted),  to which they, or any of them, may become subject under the
         Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state law or  regulation,  at
         common law or  otherwise,  insofar as such losses,  claims,  damages or
         liabilities  arise out of or are based  upon any  untrue  statement  or
         alleged  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact with  respect  to such
         Selling  Stockholder  contained  in  any  preliminary  prospectus,  the
         Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus or any amendment  thereof or
         supplement  thereto (which  amendments or supplements  are furnished to
         such Selling Stockholder),  or which arise out of or are based upon any
         omission or alleged  omission to state therein such fact required to be
         stated  therein  or  necessary  to make  such  statements  therein  not
         misleading,  but only with  reference  to  information  relating to the
         Selling Stockholder furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf
         of the Selling  Stockholder  expressly for use in  connection  with the
         preparation  of  the  Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus  or  any
         amendment  thereof  or  supplement  thereto.  Such  indemnity  from the
         Company and Selling  Stockholder  shall not inure to the benefit of any
         Underwriter (or any person  controlling such Underwriter) on account of
         any losses, claims, damages or liabilities arising from the sale of the
         Shares to any person by such  Underwriter  if such untrue  statement or
         omission  or alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  was made in such
         preliminary  prospectus,  the Registration Statement or the Prospectus,
         or such  amendment or  supplement,  in reliance  upon and in conformity
         with   information   furnished   in  writing  to  the  Company  by  the
         Representative  on  behalf  of any  Underwriter  specifically  for  use
         therein. The obligations of the Selling  Stockholder,  pursuant to this
         Section 7(a) and Section 8, shall be limited to an amount not exceeding
         the product of the Per Share Price to Public of the Shares as set forth
         on the cover page of the Prospectus and the number of Shares being sold
         by the  Selling  Stockholder.  In no event  shall  the  indemnification
         agreement  contained  in this  Section 7(a) inure to the benefit of any
         Underwriter on account of

                                      -29-
<PAGE>

         any losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities or actions arising from the
         sale of the  Shares  upon the  public  offering  to any  person by such
         Underwriter  if such losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities or actions
         arise out of, or are based  upon,  a  statement  or omission or alleged
         omission  in a  preliminary  prospectus  and  if,  in  respect  to such
         statement,  omission or alleged omission,  the Prospectus  differs in a
         material  respect from such  preliminary  prospectus  and a copy of the
         Prospectus has not been sent or given to such person at or prior to the
         confirmation of such sale to such person. This indemnity agreement will
         be  in  addition  to  any  liability  which  the  Company  and  Selling
         Stockholder may otherwise have.

                  (b) Each  Underwriter  agrees,  severally and not jointly,  to
         indemnify  and hold  harmless  the Company,  each  person,  if any, who
         controls  the  Company  within the  meaning of Section 15 of the Act or
         Section 20 of the Exchange Act,  each director of the Company,  and the
         officer of the Company who signs the  Registration  Statement  and each
         Selling Stockholder, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from
         the Company and the Selling  Stockholder to each Underwriter,  but only
         insofar as such losses,  claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or
         are based upon any  untrue  statement  or  omission  or alleged  untrue
         statement or omission which was made in any Preliminary Prospectus, any
         Rule 430A Prospectus,  the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or
         any  amendment  thereof  or  supplement  thereto,  which  were  made in
         reliance upon and in conformity with  information  furnished in writing
         to the Company by the  Representative  on behalf of any Underwriter for
         specific use therein;  provided,  however,  that the obligation of each
         Underwriter to indemnify the Company (including any controlling person,
         director  or officer  thereof)  and the  Selling  Stockholder  shall be
         limited to the net  proceeds  received  by the  Company and the Selling
         Stockholder,  respectively,  from such Underwriter. For all purposes of
         this Agreement,  the amounts of the selling  concession and reallowance
         set forth in the Prospectus  constitute the only information  furnished
         in writing by or on behalf of any  Underwriter  expressly for inclusion
         in  any  Preliminary   Prospectus,   any  Rule  430A  Prospectus,   the
         Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
         thereto.

                  (c)  Any  party  that  proposes  to  assert  the  right  to be
         indemnified  under this Section will,  promptly after receipt of notice
         of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in
         respect of which a claim is to be made against an indemnifying party or
         parties under this Section,  notify each such indemnifying party of the
         commencement  of such action,  suit or proceeding,  enclosing a copy of
         all papers served. No  indemnification  provided for in Section 7(a) or
         7(b) shall be  available  to any party who shall fail to give notice as
         provided in this Section 7(c) if the party to whom notice was not given
         was unaware of the proceeding to

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

         which such notice would have related and was  prejudiced by the failure
         to give such notice but the  omission  so to notify  such  indemnifying
         party of any such action,  suit or proceeding shall not relieve it from
         any  liability  that  it  may  have  to  any   indemnified   party  for
         contribution  or otherwise  than under this  Section.  In case any such
         action,  suit or proceeding  shall be brought  against any  indemnified
         party and it shall notify the  indemnifying  party of the  commencement
         thereof,  the  indemnifying  party shall be entitled to participate in,
         and,  to the  extent  that  it  shall  wish,  jointly  with  any  other
         indemnifying party similarly  notified,  to assume the defense thereof,
         with counsel  reasonably  satisfactory to such  indemnified  party, and
         after notice from the indemnifying  party to such indemnified  party of
         its  election so to assume the defense  thereof and the approval by the
         indemnified party of such counsel,  the indemnifying party shall not be
         liable  to such  indemnified  party  for any  legal or other  expenses,
         except  as  provided  below  and  except  for the  reasonable  costs of
         investigation  subsequently  incurred  by  such  indemnified  party  in
         connection with the defense thereof.  The indemnified  party shall have
         the right to employ its  counsel in any such  action,  but the fees and
         expenses of such  counsel  shall be at the expense of such  indemnified
         party unless (i) the  employment of counsel by such  indemnified  party
         has been authorized in writing by the  indemnifying  parties,  (ii) the
         indemnified  party shall have reasonably  concluded that there may be a
         conflict  of  interest  between  the   indemnifying   parties  and  the
         indemnified  party in the  conduct of the  defense  of such  action (in
         which case the indemnifying  parties shall not have the right to direct
         the  defense of such  action on behalf of the  indemnified  party),  or
         (iii) the  indemnifying  parties  shall not have  employed  counsel  to
         assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after notice
         of the commencement thereof, in each of which cases the reasonable fees
         and  expenses of counsel  shall be at the  expense of the  indemnifying
         parties.  An indemnifying  party shall not be liable for any settlement
         of any action,  suit,  proceeding or claim effected without its written
         consent.

         8.   Contribution.   In  order  to  provide  for  just  and   equitable
contribution  in  circumstances  in which the  indemnification  provided  for in
Sections 7(a) and (b) is due in accordance  with its terms but for any reason is
held  to be  unavailable  from  the  Company,  the  Selling  Stockholder  or the
Underwriters,  the Company,  the Selling  Stockholder and the Underwriters shall
contribute to the aggregate losses,  claims,  damages and liabilities (including
any investigation,  legal and other expenses  reasonably  incurred in connection
with,  and any amount paid in settlement  of, any action,  suit or proceeding or
any claims  asserted,  but after  deducting  any  contribution  received  by the
Company  from  persons  other  than  the  Underwriters,   such  as  the  Selling
Stockholder,  persons who  control  the  Company  within the meaning of the Act,
officers of the Company who signed the

                                      -31-

<PAGE>

Registration  Statement and directors of the Company, who may also be liable for
contribution)  to which the Company and the Selling  Stockholder and one or more
of the  Underwriters  may be subject in such  proportion  as is  appropriate  to
reflect  the  relative   benefits  received  by  the  Company  and  the  Selling
Stockholder on the one hand and the  Underwriters on the other from the offering
of the Shares or, if such  allocation  is not  permitted  by  applicable  law or
indemnification  is not  available  as a result  of the  indemnifying  party not
having received notice as provided in Section 7 hereof, in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also
the relative  fault of the Company and the Selling  Stockholder  on the one hand
and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions
which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well
as any other relevant equitable  considerations.  The relative benefits received
by the Company,  the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters shall be deemed to
be in the same  proportion  as (x) the total  proceeds from the Offering (net of
underwriting discounts but before deducting expenses) received by the Company or
the Selling  Stockholder from the sale of the Shares,  as set forth in the table
on the cover page of the Prospectus  (but not taking into account the use of the
proceeds of such sale of Shares by the  Company),  bear to (y) the  underwriting
discount  received by the  Underwriters,  as set forth in the table on the cover
page  of the  Prospectus.  The  relative  fault  of  the  Company,  the  Selling
Stockholder  and the  Underwriters  shall be  determined  by reference to, among
other things,  whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
related to information  supplied by the Company,  the Selling Stockholder or the
Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge,  access to information
and  opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The Company,
the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and
equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8 were determined by pro rata
allocation  (even  if the  Underwriters  were  treated  as one  entity  for such
purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the
equitable  considerations  referred to above.  Notwithstanding the provisions of
this Section 8, (i) in no case shall any Underwriter  (except as may be provided
in the Agreement Among  Underwriters) be liable or responsible for any amount in
excess of the underwriting  discount  applicable to the Shares purchased by such
Underwriter hereunder,  (ii) in no case shall any of the Selling Stockholders be
liable or  responsible  for any amount in excess of the product of the Per Share
Price to Public of the Shares as set forth on the cover  page of the  Prospectus
and the number of Shares being sold by the Selling  Stockholders  subject to the
limitation  expressed in Section 7(a), and (iii) the Company shall be liable and
responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount and the amount
referred  to in clause  (ii);  provided,  however  (i) that no person  guilty of
fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within the meaning of Section  11(f) of the Act)
shall be  entitled  to  contribution  from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 8, each person,

                                      -32-
<PAGE>

if any, who controls an Underwriter  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act
or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to  contribution
as such  Underwriter,  and each person,  if any, who controls the Company within
the meaning of the Section 15 of the Act or Section  20(a) of the Exchange  Act,
each officer of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and
each director of the Company shall have the same rights to  contribution  as the
Company,  subject in each case to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) in the immediately
preceding  sentence of this Section 8. Any party entitled to contribution  will,
promptly  after  receipt  of  notice  of  commencement  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding  against such party in respect of which a claim for  contribution may
be made against  another party or parties under this Section,  notify such party
or parties from whom  contribution may be sought,  but the omission so to notify
such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought shall not relieve the
party or parties from whom  contribution may be sought from any other obligation
it or they may have  hereunder or otherwise  than under this  Section.  No party
shall be liable for contribution with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or
claim settled  without its written  consent.  The  Underwriters'  obligations to
contribute  pursuant  to this  Section  8 are  several  in  proportion  to their
respective underwriting commitments and not joint.

         9.  Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated  with respect to the
Shares to be purchased on any Closing  Date by the  Representative  by notifying
the Company at any time prior to the purchase of the Shares:

                  (a) in the absolute  discretion  of the  Representative  at or
         before any Closing Date:  (i) if on or prior to such date, any domestic
         or international  event or act or occurrence has materially  disrupted,
         or in the opinion of the  Representative  will in the future materially
         disrupt,  the  securities  markets;  (ii) if there has occurred any new
         outbreak or material  escalation of  hostilities  or other  calamity or
         crisis  the  effect of which on the  financial  markets  of the  United
         States is such as to make it, in the  judgment  of the  Representative,
         inadvisable to proceed with the Offering;  (iii) if there shall be such
         a material adverse change in general  financial,  political or economic
         conditions or the effect of  international  conditions on the financial
         markets in the United States such as to make it, in the judgment of the
         Representative, inadvisable or impracticable to market the Shares; (iv)
         if  trading  in the  Shares has been  suspended  by the  Commission  or
         trading  generally on the New York Stock  Exchange,  Inc., the American
         Stock  Exchange,  Inc. or the NASDAQ  National  Market  System has been
         suspended  or  limited,  or minimum  or  maximum  ranges for prices for
         securities  shall have been  fixed,  or  maximum  ranges for prices for
         securities  have been  required,  by said  exchanges or by order of the
         Commission,  the National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc., or
         any other governmental or regulatory authority; or

                                      -33-
<PAGE>

         (v) if a banking moratorium has been declared by any state or
         federal authority, or

                  (b) at or before any Closing  Date,  if any of the  conditions
         specified  in  Section  5 shall  not have  been  fulfilled  when and as
         required by this Agreement.

         If this  Agreement  is  terminated  pursuant to any of its  provisions,
neither the Company nor the Selling  Stockholder shall be under any liability to
any Underwriter,  and no Underwriter shall be under any liability to the Company
or the Selling  Stockholder,  except that (y) if this Agreement is terminated by
the  Representative  or the  Underwriters  because  of any  failure,  refusal or
inability on the part of the Company or the Selling  Stockholder  or all of them
to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this  Agreement,
the Company and the Selling  Stockholder will reimburse the Underwriters for all
out-of-pocket  expenses  (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel)
incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Shares
or in  contemplation  of  performing  their  obligations  hereunder  and  (z) no
Underwriter who shall have failed or refused to purchase the Shares agreed to be
purchased by it under this Agreement,  without some reason sufficient  hereunder
to justify  cancellation or termination of its obligations under this Agreement,
shall be relieved of liability to the Company and the Selling Stockholders or to
the other Underwriters for damages occasioned by its failure or refusal.

         10.  Substitution of  Underwriters.  If one or more of the Underwriters
shall fail (other than for a reason  sufficient to justify the  cancellation  or
termination of this  Agreement  under Section 9) to purchase on any Closing Date
the Shares  agreed to be purchased on such Closing Date by such  Underwriter  or
Underwriters, the Representative may find one or more substitute underwriters to
purchase such Shares or make such other  arrangements as the  Representative may
deem  advisable  or one or more  of the  remaining  Underwriters  may  agree  to
purchase   such  Shares  in  such   proportions   as  may  be  approved  by  the
Representative,  in each case upon the terms set forth in this Agreement.  If no
such  arrangements  have been made by the close of business on the  business day
following such Closing Date:

                  (a) if the number of Shares to be purchased by the  defaulting
         Underwriters  on such  Closing  Date shall not exceed 10% of the Shares
         that all the  Underwriters  are  obligated  to purchase on such Closing
         Date, then each of the nondefaulting Underwriters shall be obligated to
         purchase  such Shares on the terms  herein set forth in  proportion  to
         their  respective  obligations  hereunder;  provided,  that in no event
         shall the maximum number of Shares that any  Underwriter  has agreed to
         purchase pursuant to Section 1 be increased pursuant to this Section 10
         by more than  one-ninth  of such  number of Shares  without the written
         consent of such Underwriter, or


                                      -34-
<PAGE>

                  (b) if the number of Shares to be purchased by the  defaulting
         Underwriters  on such  Closing Date shall exceed 10% of the Shares that
         all the  Underwriters  are  obligated to purchase on such Closing Date,
         then the Company shall be entitled to an additional business day within
         which it may,  but is not  obligated  to,  find one or more  substitute
         underwriters  reasonably satisfactory to the Representative to purchase
         such Shares upon the terms set forth in this Agreement.

         In any such case,  either the  Representative or the Company shall have
the right to postpone the applicable  Closing Date for a period of not more than
five business days in order that necessary  changes and arrangements  (including
any  necessary  amendments  or  supplements  to the  Registration  Statement  or
Prospectus) may be effected by the Representative and the Company. If the number
of Shares to be purchased on such Closing Date by such defaulting Underwriter or
Underwriters  shall  exceed  10% of the  Shares  that all the  Underwriters  are
obligated  to  purchase  on such  Closing  Date,  and none of the  nondefaulting
Underwriters  or the Company  shall make  arrangements  pursuant to this Section
within the period  stated for the  purchase  of the Shares  that the  defaulting
Underwriters agreed to purchase,  this Agreement shall terminate with respect to
the Shares to be purchased on such Closing Date without liability on the part of
any  nondefaulting  Underwriter to the Company and the Selling  Stockholder  and
without liability on the part of the Company and the Selling Stockholder, except
in both cases as provided in Sections  6(b), 7, 8 and 9. The  provisions of this
Section shall not in any way affect the liability of any defaulting  Underwriter
to the Company or the Selling  Stockholders  or the  nondefaulting  Underwriters
arising out of such default. A substitute  underwriter hereunder shall become an
Underwriter for all purposes of this Agreement.

         11.   Miscellaneous.   The  respective   agreements,   representations,
warranties,  indemnities and other statements of the Company or its officers, of
the Selling Stockholder and of the Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to
this  Agreement  shall  remain  in full  force  and  effect,  regardless  of any
investigation  made by or on behalf of any  Underwriter  or the  Company  or the
Selling  Stockholder or any of the officers,  directors or  controlling  persons
referred  to in  Sections  7 and 8 hereof,  and shall  survive  delivery  of and
payment for the  Shares.  The  provisions  of  Sections  6(b),  7, 8 and 9 shall
survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

         This   Agreement   has  been  and  is  made  for  the  benefit  of  the
Underwriters,  the  Company  and the Selling  Stockholder  and their  respective
successors and assigns and, to the extent expressed  herein,  for the benefit of
persons controlling any of the Underwriters,  or the Company,  and directors and
officers of the Company,  and their  respective  successors and assigns,  and no
other  person  shall  acquire  or have  any  right  under or by  virtue  of this
Agreement. The term "successors and assigns" shall not include

                                      -35-
<PAGE>

any purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter merely because of such purchase.

         All notices and communications hereunder shall be in writing and mailed
or delivered,  or by telefax or telegraph if  subsequently  confirmed by letter,
(a) if to the Representative,  to Rodman & Renshaw, Inc., One Liberty Plaza, 165
Broadway,  New York,  New York  10006,  Attention:  Julia S.  Heckman,  Managing
Director,  telecopy:  (212)  346-5099,  (b) if to the Company,  to the Company's
agent for  service  as such  agent's  address  appears  on the cover page of the
Registration  Statement,  and (c) if to the Selling Stockholder,  to PacifiCorp.
Credit,  Inc., 825 N.E. Multnomah Street,  Suite 775, Portland,  Oregon,  97232,
Attention: President, telecopy:

         This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
the laws of the State of New York without  regard to  principles  of conflict of
laws.

         This  Agreement  may be signed in any number of  counterparts,  each of
which shall be an original,  with the same effect as if the  signatures  thereto
and hereto were upon the same instrument.

         All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the
masculine,  feminine,  or neuter,  singular  or plural,  as the  identity of the
person or persons or entity or entities require.

         All section  headings  herein are for convenience of reference only and
are not  part of this  Agreement,  and no  construction  or  inference  shall be
derived therefrom.

         Please  confirm that the foregoing  correctly  sets forth the agreement
among us.

                                         Very truly yours,

                                         COMDIAL CORPORATION


                                         By:______________________________
                                         Name:
                                         Title:

                                         PACIFICORP Credit, Inc.


                                         By:______________________________
                                         Name:
                                         Title:





                                      -36-
<PAGE>


Confirmed  on  behalf  of  itself  and as  the  Representative  of  the  several
Underwriters named in Schedule I annexed hereto:


RODMAN & RENSHAW, INC.


By:______________________________
   Name:  Julia S. Heckman
   Title: Managing Director



                                      -37-
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE I




                                                        Number of Firm
                                                         Shares to be
Name of Underwriter                                        Purchased
- -------------------                                     --------------
Rodman & Renshaw, Inc.

[others]


Total..................................................    3,000,000


                                      -38-
<PAGE>



                     RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                              COMDIAL CORPORATION



         Comdial  Corporation,  a corporation  organized and existing  under the
laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

         1.  The  name  of  the  corporation  is  Comdial  Corporation.  Comdial
Corporation  was originally  incorporated  under the same name, and the original
Certificate of Incorporation  was filed with the Secretary of State of the State
of Delaware on April 6, 1982.

         2.  Pursuant to, and in  accordance  with,  Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,  this Restated  Certificate of
Incorporation  restates and integrates the  certificates  and other  instruments
comprising,   and  further  amends  the   provisions  of,  the   Certificate  of
Incorporation of this corporation and was duly adopted by the board of directors
at a meeting  held on February 16, 1995 and by vote of the  corporation's  stock
entitled to vote thereon at the  corporation's  annual  meeting of  stockholders
held on April 29, 1995.

         3. The text of the Restated  Certificate of Incorporation as heretofore
amended or  supplemented  is hereby  restated and further amended to read in its
entirety as follows:


         FIRST:   The name of this corporation is:

                              COMDIAL CORPORATION


         SECOND:  The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act
or  activity  for  which   corporations  may  be  organized  under  the  General
Corporation Law of Delaware.


         THIRD:  The  aggregate  number  of shares of  capital  stock  which the
corporation has the authority to issue is Thirty Two Million (32,000,000), which
is divided into two classes as follows:

                           Two Million  (2,000,000)  shares of  Preferred  Stock
                  (Preferred Stock) with a par value of $10.00 per share, and

                           Thirty  Million  (30,000,000)  shares of Common Stock
                  (Common Stock) with a par value of $0.01 per share.


                                      I-1
<PAGE>


                                    The designations, voting powers, preferences
                  and relative, participating, optional or other special rights,
                  and  qualifications,  limitations or restrictions of the above
                  classes of stock are as follows:

                               I. Preferred Stock

                  (1)  Issuance in Series.

                  Shares of Preferred  Stock may be issued in one or more series
         at such time or times, and for such  consideration or considerations as
         the board of directors may  determine.  All shares of any one series of
         Preferred  Stock will be  identical  with each  other in all  respects,
         except that shares of one series  issued at different  times may differ
         as to dates from which dividends thereon may be cumulative.  All series
         will rank equally and be identical in all respects, except as permitted
         by the following provisions of paragraph 2 of this Division I.

                  (2)  Authority of the Board with Respect to Series.

                  The board of  directors  is  authorized,  at any time and from
         time to time,  to provide for the  issuance of the shares of  Preferred
         Stock in one or more series  with such  designations,  preferences  and
         relative,   participating,   optional  or  other  special   rights  and
         qualifications,  limitations or restrictions  thereof as are stated and
         expressed in the  resolution  or  resolutions  providing  for the issue
         thereof  adopted by the board of  directors,  and as are not stated and
         expressed in this  Certificate of Incorporation or any amendment hereto
         including, but not limited to, determination of any of the following:

                           (i) The number of shares constituting that series and
                  the distinctive designation of that series;

                           (ii) The dividend rate or rates on the shares of that
                  series,  whether  dividends  shall be cumulative,  and, if so,
                  from  which  date or  dates,  the  payment  date or dates  for
                  dividends  and the  relative  rights of  priority,  if any, of
                  payment of dividends on shares of that series;

                           (iii)  Whether that series shall have voting  rights,
                  in addition to the voting rights  provided by law, and, if so,
                  the terms of such voting rights;

                           (iv)  Whether  that  series  shall  have   conversion
                  privileges,  and,  if so,  the  terms and  conditions  of such
                  conversion,   including   provision  for   adjustment  of  the
                  conversion rate in such events as the board of directors shall
                  determine;

                           (v) Whether or not the shares of that series shall be
                  redeemable,  and,  if so,  the  terms and  conditions  of such
                  redemption,  including  the date or date  upon or after  which
                  they shall be redeemable,  and the amount per share payable in
                  case of  redemption,  which  amount may vary  under  different
                  conditions and at different redemption dates;


                                      I-2
<PAGE>

                           (vi)  Whether  that  series  shall  have a sinking or
                  retirement  fund for the  redemption  or purchase of shares of
                  that series,  and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking
                  or retirement fund;

                           (vii) The rights of the shares of that  series in the
                  event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution or
                  winding  up of the  corporation,  and the  relative  rights of
                  priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series;

                           (viii) Any other preferences,  privileges and powers,
                  and relative participating,  optional or other special rights,
                  and  qualifications,  limitations or restrictions of a series,
                  as the  board  of  directors  may deem  advisable  and are not
                  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  Certificate  of
                  Incorporation.

                  (3)  Dividends.

                  Dividends on  outstanding  shares of Preferred  Stock shall be
         paid or  declared  and set apart for payment in  accordance  with their
         respective  preferential and relative rights before any dividends shall
         be paid or declared and set apart for payment on the outstanding shares
         of Common Stock with respect to the same dividend period.

                  (4)  Liquidation.

                  If upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution
         or winding up of the corporation, the assets available for distribution
         to  holders  of  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  of all  series  shall be
         insufficient to pay such holders the full preferential  amount to which
         they are entitled,  then such assets shall be distributed ratably among
         the  shares of all series of  Preferred  Stock in  accordance  with the
         respective   preferential  and  relative  amounts   (including   unpaid
         cumulative dividends, if any) payable with respect thereto.

                  (5)  Reacquired Shares.

                  Shares  of   Preferred   Stock  which  have  been  issued  and
         reacquired  in any  manner  by the  corporation  (excluding,  until the
         corporation  elects to retire  them,  shares which are held as treasury
         shares but including shares redeemed, shares purchased and retired, and
         shares which have been converted into shares of Common Stock) will have
         the status of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may
         be reissued.

                  (6)  Voting Rights.

                  Unless and except to the extent  otherwise  required by law or
         provided in the  resolution  or  resolutions  of the board of directors
         creating any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Division I, the
         holders of the Preferred  Stock shall have no voting power with respect
         to any matter  whatsoever.  In no event  shall the  Preferred  Stock be
         entitled to more than one vote in respect of each share of stock except
         as may be required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation.


                                      I-3
<PAGE>


                                II. Common Stock

                  (1)  Dividends.

                  Subject to the preferential rights of the Preferred Stock, the
         holders of the Common  Stock are  entitled  to  receive,  to the extent
         permitted by law,  such  dividends as may be declared from time to time
         by the board of directors.

                  (2)  Liquidation.

                  In the  event of the  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,
         dissolution,  distribution of assets or winding up of the  corporation,
         after distribution in full of the preferential  amounts,  if any, to be
         distributed  to the holders of shares of  Preferred  Stock,  holders of
         Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all of the  remaining  assets
         of the  corporation  of whatever  kind  available for  distribution  to
         stockholders  ratably in  proportion  to the number of shares of Common
         Stock held by them respectively.  The board of directors may distribute
         in kind to the  holders of Common  Stock such  remaining  assets of the
         corporation  or may sell,  transfer or otherwise  dispose of all or any
         part of such remaining assets to any other corporation,  trust or other
         entity and receive  payment  therefor in cash,  stock or obligations of
         such  other  corporation,  trust or other  entity,  or any  combination
         thereof,  and may sell all or any part of the consideration so received
         and distribute any balance  thereof in kind to holders of Common Stock.
         The merger or  consolidation  of the corporation into or with any other
         corporation,  or the  merger of any other  corporation  into it, or any
         purchase or  redemption  of shares of stock of the  corporation  of any
         class, shall not be deemed to be a dissolution,  liquidation or winding
         up of the corporation for the purposes of this paragraph.

                  (3)  Voting Rights.

                  Except as may be otherwise required by law or this Certificate
         of  Incorporation,  each holder of Common Stock has one vote in respect
         of each  share  of  stock  held by him of  record  on the  books of the
         corporation on all matters voted upon by the stockholders."


         FOURTH: The corporation is to have perpetual existence.


         FIFTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers  conferred by
statute,  the board of directors is  authorized  to adopt,  amend and repeal the
Bylaws of this corporation.


         SIXTH: No action shall be taken by the  stockholders of the corporation
except in an annual or special meeting of stockholders.  Special meetings of the
stockholders of the corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called by the
Chairman  of the Board and shall be called  by the  Chairman  of the  Board,  or
Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the board of directors.



                                      I-4
<PAGE>

         SEVENTH:  (a) The number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed
from time to time in the manner set forth in the Bylaws.

         (b) The board of directors  shall be divided into three classes,  Class
A, Class B and Class C, with each class as nearly  equal in number as  possible.
Any  inequality  among the classes in the number of  directors  comprising  such
classes  shall not  impair  the  validity  of any  action  taken by the board of
directors.  Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third
annual meeting  following the annual meeting at which such director was elected.
Directors  in office  on the  effective  date of this  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation  will continue to serve in the class to which they were elected or
appointed  and for  the  balance  of  their  respective  terms  as they  existed
immediately  prior  to the  effective  date  of  this  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation.

         (c) In the event of any increase or decrease in the  authorized  number
of  directors,  each  director  then serving  shall  nevertheless  continue as a
director of the class of which he or she is a member until the expiration of his
or her term, or his or her prior death, retirement or resignation.

         (d)  Vacancies  and  newly  created  directorships  resulting  from any
increase in the  authorized  number of directors  may be filled by a majority of
the  directors  then  in  office,  although  less  than a  quorum,  or by a sole
remaining  director and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next
election of the class for which such directors shall have been chosen, and until
their  successors  shall be elected and qualified.  If there are no directors in
office,  then an election  of  directors  may be held in the manner  provided by
statute.

         (e) Vacancies in more than one class of directors shall be filled,  and
newly created or eliminated  directorships  shall be apportioned among the three
classes of  directors,  so that the number of directors in each class will be as
nearly equal as possible.


         EIGHTH: The affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 60 percent
of the total  voting  power of all  outstanding  shares  of Common  Stock of the
corporation  shall be required for the merger,  consolidation  or other business
reorganization  or combination of this  corporation  with any other  corporation
(collectively  referred  to  as  "Combination")  or  for  the  sale  of  all  or
substantially  all the  assets  of this  corporation  (referred  to as a "Sale")
notwithstanding that applicable law would otherwise permit such a Combination or
Sale with the approval of fewer shares or without the approval of any shares.


         NINTH: The corporation  reserves the right to amend,  alter,  change or
repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in
the manner now or hereafter  prescribed by statute,  and all rights conferred on
stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  the  affirmative  vote of the holders of not less than 60 percent of
the  total  voting  power  of all  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock of the
corporation  shall be  required to amend or repeal the  provisions  set forth in
Articles SIXTH, SEVENTH, EIGHTH and NINTH.



                                      I-5
<PAGE>

         TENTH:  Whenever a compromise or arrangement  is proposed  between this
corporation  and  its  creditors  or any  class  of  them  and/or  between  this
corporation  and its  stockholders  or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction  within the State of Delaware may, on the  application in a summary
way of this  corporation  or of any creditor or stockholder  thereof,  or on the
application of any receiver or receivers  appointed for this  corporation  under
the provisions of ss. 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the  application
of trustees in  dissolution  or of any receiver or receivers  appointed for this
corporation  under the  provisions  of ss. 279 of Title 8 of the  Delaware  Code
order  a  meeting  of  the  creditors  or  class  of  creditors,  and/or  of the
stockholders or class of stockholders of this  corporation,  as the case may be,
to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number
representing  three-fourths  in value of the  creditors  or class of  creditors,
and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation,  as the
case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of
this  corporation as a consequence of such compromise or  arrangement,  the said
compromise or arrangement  and the said  reorganization  shall, if sanctioned by
the court to which the said  application  has been  made,  be binding on all the
creditors or class of creditors,  and/or on all of the  stockholders or class of
stockholders,  of  this  corporation,  as the  case  may  be,  and  also on this
corporation.


         ELEVENTH:  The address of the registered  office of this corporation in
the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street,  in the City of Wilmington,  County
of New  Castle,  and the name of its  registered  agent at that  address  is The
Corporation Trust Company.


         TWELFTH:  No director of the corporation  shall be personally liable to
the corporation or any of its  stockholders  for monetary  damages for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director  involving any act or omission of any such director
occurring  on or after  May 14,  1987;  provided,  however,  that the  foregoing
provision  shall not  eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any
breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders,
(ii) for acts or  omissions  not in good  faith  or  which  involve  intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which
the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of
this Article by the stockholders of the corporation  shall be prospective  only,
and shall not adversely  affect any  limitation  on the personal  liability of a
director of the corporation in respect of any acts or omissions  occurring prior
to such repeal or modification,  or any such limitation  existing at the time of
such repeal or modification.


         4. The provisions of Comdial  Corporation's  Certificate of Designation
of Series A 7- 1/2% Cumulative Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value
$10.00 per share,  filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on
February 1, 1994 shall  specifically  survive the  restatement,  integration and
amendment effected by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.  A copy of the
Certificate of Designation,  without  amendment or modification,  is attached to
this Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  as Exhibit A and is  incorporated
herein by reference.




                                      I-6
<PAGE>

                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Comdial  Corporation  has  caused  this
Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be duly executed by William G. Mustain,
its President, and attested to by Wayne R. Wilver, its Secretary, and has caused
the corporate seal to be affixed hereto, this 16th day of May, 1995.

                                             COMDIAL CORPORATION



                                             By: /s/ William G. Mustain
                                                ______________________________
                                                 William G. Mustain, President


(Corporate Seal)


ATTEST:

 /s/ Wayne R. Wilver
___________________________
Wayne R. Wilver, Secretary


                                      I-7
<PAGE>
                                                      Exhibit A to the Company's
                                          Restated Certificate of Incorporation


                           CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION

                                       OF

               SERIES A 7-1/2% CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE
                                PREFERRED STOCK


                  Comdial  Corporation,  a  corporation  organized  and existing
under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the
"Company"),  certifies that pursuant to the authority contained in Article THIRD
of its  Certificate of  Incorporation,  as amended,  and in accordance  with the
provisions  of  Section  151 of the  General  Corporation  Law of the  State  of
Delaware,  its  Board of  Directors,  at a  meeting  duly  convened  and held on
February 1, 1994,  adopted  the  following  resolution  creating a series of its
Preferred  Stock,  par value $10.00,  designated  as Series A 7-1/2%  Cumulative
Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock:

                  RESOLVED,  that a series of the class of authorized  Preferred
Stock,  par  value  $10.00,  of the  Company  be  hereby  created,  and that the
designation and amount thereof and the voting powers,  preferences and relative,
participating,  optional and other special  rights of the shares of such series,
and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof are as follows:

                  Section 1.  Designation and Amount.  The shares of such series
shall be designated as the "Series A 7-1/2%  Cumulative  Convertible  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock"  (hereinafter  "Series A  Preferred  Stock") and the number of
shares constituting such series shall be 850,000 and no more.

                  Section 2.  Dividends and Distributions.

                  (a) The  holders  of shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock,  in
preference  to the holders of shares of the Company's  Common  Stock,  par value
$0.01 per share ("Common Stock"),  shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if
declared  by the  Board  of  Directors,  out of  funds  of the  Company  legally
available for the payment of dividends, quarterly dividends per share payable in
cash in the following amounts: $0.19 on the last day of March, $0.19 on the last
day of June,  $0.19 on the last day of  September,  and $0.18 on the last day of
December in each year (each such date being referred to as a "Quarterly Dividend
Payment Date") commencing on the first Quarterly  Dividend Payment Date which is
after the date of issue of such  shares of Series A Preferred  Stock;  provided,
however,  that with respect to such first Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date, the
holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled pursuant to this
paragraph (a) to receive the pro rata portion of such quarterly  dividend on the
basis of the  number  of days  elapsed  between  the date of issue and the first
Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date.  Such dividends shall be cumulative and shall
accrue from the date of issue until paid in cash.


                                      A-1

<PAGE>
                  (b) Dividends paid on shares of Series A Preferred Stock in an
amount  less than the total  amount of such  dividends  at the time  accrued and
payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share  basis to
all such shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the time  outstanding.  The Board
of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of
Series A Preferred  Stock  entitled to receive  payments of a dividend  declared
thereon,  which  record date shall be no more than 60 days nor less than 10 days
prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

                  (c) The  holders of shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock shall
not be  entitled  to receive  any  dividends  or other  distributions  except as
provided  in this  Certificate  of  Designation  of  Series A 7-1/2%  Cumulative
Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock.

                  Section 3.  Voting  Rights.  The shares of Series A  Preferred
Stock shall not have any voting  powers,  either  general or special,  except as
required by applicable law and as follows:

                  (a) Without the affirmative  vote of the holders of 67% of the
shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately as
a class, the Company shall not amend its Certificate of Incorporation  to, adopt
a  certification  of  designation to or otherwise (i) create any class of stock,
issue any series of Preferred Stock or any other equity  security  ranking prior
to or in  parity  with the  Series A  Preferred  Stock as to  dividends  or upon
liquidation or (ii) alter or change any of the preferences,  privileges,  rights
or  powers  of the  holders  of the  Series A  Preferred  Stock so as to  affect
adversely such preferences, privileges, rights or powers.

                  (b) Without the affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority
of shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately
as a class,  the Company shall not effect the  dissolution  of the Company,  the
sale,  lease,  exchange of all or substantially  all of its property and assets,
authorize a merger or consolidation of the Company, or seek protection under the
Federal Bankruptcy Code or any successor statute of similar import.

                  (c) In the event that any four consecutive quarterly dividends
upon the Series A Preferred Stock shall be in arrears and unpaid, the holders of
Series A Preferred  Stock shall have the  exclusive  and special  right,  voting
separately  as a class,  to elect two (2) members of the Board of  Directors  or
such  greater  number of  members as is  necessary  to equal at least 40% of the
total number of members of the Board of Directors at all times thereafter.

                  Section 4. Certain Restrictions.  Whenever quarterly dividends
payable on shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 2
are in arrears,  then  thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid  dividends on
shares of Series A Preferred Stock  outstanding  shall have been paid in full or
declared  and set apart for  payment,  the  Company  shall  not  declare  or pay
dividends  on, or make any other  distributions  on any  shares of any series or
class other than  Series A  Preferred  Stock or  purchase,  redeem or  otherwise
acquire any shares of any series or class other than Series A Preferred stock.


                                      A-2
<PAGE>
                  Section 5.  Redemption.

                  (a) The outstanding  shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be
redeemed at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time upon not
less than 30 days nor more than 90 days prior  written  notice to all holders of
record of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be so redeemed,  at a redemption
price equal to all  accumulated  but unpaid  dividends to and including the date
fixed for redemption of such shares (the "Redemption  Date") plus an amount (the
"Applicable  Amount") equal to (i) during the four calendar years after the year
of  issuance of the Series A  Preferred  Stock,  $10.00 per share or (ii) during
each  calendar  year after the fourth year,  an amount  equal to the  Applicable
Amount in the preceding year plus $0.50 per share;  provided that the redemption
price per share for any transaction  which results in the total number of shares
of Series A  Preferred  Stock  that have been  redeemed  (including  the  shares
redeemed in such  transaction)  equaling at least ten percent (10%) of the total
number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock which were originally  issued,  and
for all subsequent transactions, shall be the same price as was in effect during
the year preceding the  transaction  which results in the redemption of at least
ten percent (10%) of the originally issued Series A Preferred Stock.  Subject to
delivery of  certificates  for the shares to be redeemed,  the Company shall pay
the  Applicable  Amount  plus  all  accumulated  but  unpaid  dividends  on  the
Redemption Date.

                  (b) Unless default shall be made in the payment in full of the
redemption  price and any  accumulated  and unpaid  dividends,  dividends on the
shares  of  Series A  Preferred  Stock  called  for  redemption  shall  cease to
accumulate on the Redemption  Date, and all rights of the holders of such shares
as  stockholders  of the Company by reason of the ownership of such shares shall
cease on the  Redemption  Date,  except the right to receive the amount  payable
upon redemption of such shares on  presentation  and surrender of the respective
certificates  representing  such shares.  After the Redemption Date, such shares
shall not be deemed to be outstanding and shall not be transferable on the books
of the Company except to the Company.

                  (c)  At  any  time  on  or  after  the  Redemption  Date,  the
respective  holders  of  record of  shares  of  Series A  Preferred  Stock to be
redeemed shall be entitled to receive the redemption  price upon actual delivery
to the Company of certificates for the shares to be redeemed, such certificates,
if  required  by the  Company,  to be properly  stamped  for  transfer  and duly
endorsed in blank or accompanied by proper  instruments of transfer thereof duly
executed in blank.

                  Section 6.  Liquidation,  Dissolution  or  Winding-Up.  In the
event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of
the  Company,  the  holders  of  shares of the  Series A  Preferred  Stock  then
outstanding  shall be  entitled  to be paid  out of the  assets  of the  Company
available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made
to the holders of any other class or series of capital stock of the Company,  an
amount equal to $10.00 per share plus an amount equal to all  dividends  accrued
thereon to and including the date of payment.


                                      A-3
<PAGE>
                  Section 7.  Conversion.

                  (a)  Each  share  of  Series  A   Preferred   Stock  shall  be
convertible  at any time at the option of the  holder  thereof,  into  shares of
Common  Stock,  the number of such shares of Common  Stock to be  determined  by
dividing the par value of the Series A Preferred  Stock by $2.91738 (the initial
conversion  price for each share of Common  Stock),  subject to the  adjustments
hereinafter provided (such price as adjusted, the "Conversion Price").

                  (b) Each  holder of  outstanding  shares of Series A Preferred
Stock may exercise the  conversion  right  provided in paragraph (a) above as to
all or any portion of the shares he holds by  delivering  to the Company  during
regular  business hours, at the principal office of the Company or at such other
place as may be  designated  in  writing  by the  Company,  the  certificate  or
certificates for the shares to be converted,  duly endorsed or assigned in blank
or endorsed or assigned  to the  Company  (if  required by it),  accompanied  by
written notice stating that the holder elects to convert such shares and stating
the name or names (with  address  and  applicable  social  security or other tax
identification  number) in which the certificate or  certificates  for shares of
Common Stock are to be issued.  Conversion shall be deemed to have been effected
on the date (the  "Conversion  Date") when such delivery is made. As promptly as
practicable  thereafter  the  Company  shall  issue and  deliver  to or upon the
written  order of such holder,  at such office or other place  designated by the
Company,  a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock
to which he is  entitled  and a check or other order for the payment of cash due
with respect to any fraction of a share, as provided in paragraph (c) below. The
person in whose name the certificate or certificates  for shares of Common Stock
are to be issued shall be deemed to have become a  shareholder  of record on the
Conversion  Date,  unless the  transfer  books of the Company are closed on that
date, in which event he shall be deemed to have become a  shareholder  of record
on the next  succeeding  date on which the  transfer  books  are  open;  but the
Conversion Price shall be that in effect on the Conversion Date.

                  (c) The  Company  shall not issue any  fraction  of a share of
Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. If more than
one share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be surrendered for conversion at any
time by the same holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon
conversion  thereof shall be computed on the basis of the total number of shares
of Series A Preferred  Stock so  surrendered.  If any  fractional  interest in a
share of Common Stock would be deliverable  upon  conversion,  the Company shall
make an  adjustment  therefor in cash based on the Market  Price of one share of
Common Stock on the  Conversion  Date.  The "Market  Price" of a share of Common
Stock on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the closing  price of one
share of Common  Stock on the NASDAQ  National  Market  System on each of the 20
consecutive  trading days commencing 40 trading days before such date (a trading
day being a day on which  securities  are traded in the NASDAQ  National  Market
System).

                  (d) The  issuance of shares of Common Stock on  conversion  of
outstanding  shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock  shall be made by the  Company
without  charge for  expenses or for any tax in respect of the  issuance of such
shares of Common  Stock,  but the  Company  shall not be required to pay any tax
which may be payable in respect of any  transfer  involved in the  issuance  and
delivery of shares of Common  Stock in any name other than that of the holder of
record on the

                                      A-4
<PAGE>

books of the  Company  of the  outstanding  shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock
converted,  and the  Company  shall  not be  required  to issue or  deliver  any
certificate  for shares of Common Stock  unless and until the person  requesting
the  issuance  thereof  shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or
shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been
paid.

                  (e) Conversion Price Adjustments.  The Conversion Price of the
Series A  Preferred  Stock shall be subject to  adjustment  from time to time as
follows:

                           (i) (A) If the  Company  shall  issue any  Additional
Stock (as defined below) without  consideration or for a consideration per share
that is less than the Market Price in effect  immediately  prior to the issuance
of such  Additional  Stock,  the  Conversion  Price shall  forthwith  (except as
otherwise  provided  in this  clause  (i)) be  adjusted  as to equal  the  price
determined by the following formula:


                                       (P  x  N)  +  C  
                            OP    x   ----------------- = NP
                                        (P x (N + n))
where

          NP =    new Conversion Price,

          OP =    old Conversion Price

          P  =    Market  Price in  effect immediately  prior to the issuance of
                  Additional Stock,

          N  =    the number of shares of  Common  Stock outstanding immediately
                  prior to the issuance of Additional  Stock (including for this
                  purpose  the number of shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon
                  conversion of the Series A Preferred  Stock at the  Conversion
                  Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance),

          C  =    the   aggregate  consideration  to  be received by the Company
                  for the Additional Stock, and

          n  =    the number of shares of Additional Stock to be issued.

                                    (B) No  adjustment of the  Conversion  Price
for the Series A  Preferred  Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent
per share,  provided  that any  adjustments  that are thereby not required to be
made shall be carried  forward and shall be taken into account in any subsequent
adjustment.   Except  to  the  limited   extent   provided  for  in   Subsection
7(e)(i)(E)(3), no adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Subsection
7(e)(i)  shall have the effect of  increasing  the  Conversion  Price  above the
Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.


                                      A-5
<PAGE>

                                    (C) In the case of the  issuance  of  Common
Stock for cash, the consideration  shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid
therefor  before  deducting  any  reasonable  discounts,  commissions  or  other
expenses  allowed,  paid or  incurred by the  Company  for any  underwriting  or
otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

                                    (D)  In the  case  of  the  issuance  of the
Common  Stock for a  consideration  in whole or in part  other  than  cash,  the
consideration  other than cash  shall be deemed to be the fair value  thereof as
determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

                                    (E) In the case of the  issuance  of options
to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common  Stock,  securities by their terms
convertible  into or  exchangeable  for Common  Stock or options to  purchase or
rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable  securities  (which are
not excluded from the definition of Additional Stock), the following  provisions
shall apply:

                                    (1) subject to subparagraph  (4) below,  the
         aggregate  maximum  number of shares of Common Stock  deliverable  upon
         exercise of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe  for Common
         Stock shall be deemed to have been  issued at the time such  options or
         rights were issued and for a consideration  equal to the  consideration
         (determined  in the  manner  provided  in  Subsections  7(e)(i)(C)  and
         7(e)(i)(D)),  if any, received by the Company upon the issuance of such
         options or rights  plus the  additional  consideration,  if any,  to be
         received by the Company upon the exercise of such options or rights for
         the Common Stock covered thereby;

                                    (2) subject to subparagraph  (4) below,  the
         aggregate  maximum  number of shares of Common Stock  deliverable  upon
         conversion of or in exchange for any such  convertible or  exchangeable
         securities  or upon the  exercise  of options to  purchase or rights to
         subscribe  for such  convertible  or  exchangeable  securities  and the
         subsequent  conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been
         issued at the time such  convertible or  exchangeable  securities  were
         issued or such  options or rights were  issued and for a  consideration
         equal to the  consideration,  if any,  received  by the Company for any
         such  convertible or  exchangeable  securities  and related  options or
         rights  (excluding any cash received on account of accrued  interest or
         accrued dividends),  plus the additional  consideration,  if any, to be
         received  by the  Company  upon  the  conversion  or  exchange  of such
         securities  or the  exercise  of any  related  options  or rights  (the
         consideration  in each case to be determined in the manner  provided in
         Subsections 7(e)(i)(C) and 7(e)(i)(D));

                                    (3) in the  event  of  any  increase  in the
         number of shares of Common  Stock  deliverable  upon  exercise  of such
         options  or  rights  or upon  conversion  of or in  exchange  for  such
         convertible or exchangeable securities,  including, but not limited to,
         a  change  resulting  from the  antidilution  provisions  thereof,  the
         Conversion  Price then in effect shall  forthwith be readjusted to such
         Conversion  Price as would have been obtained had the  adjustment  that
         was made upon the issuance of such options, rights or securities not

                                      A-6
<PAGE>

         converted prior to such change or the options or rights related to such
         securities not converted  prior to such change been made upon the basis
         of such change,  but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual
         issuance  of Common  Stock  upon the  exercise  of any such  options or
         rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities; and

                                    (4) upon the  expiration of any such options
         or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or
         the expiration of any options or rights related to such  convertible or
         exchangeable  securities,  the  Conversion  Price  shall  forthwith  be
         readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have been obtained had the
         adjustment  that was made upon the issuance of such options,  rights or
         securities or options or rights  related to such  securities  been made
         upon the basis of the  issuance  of only the number of shares of Common
         Stock actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon
         the  conversion or exchange of such  securities or upon the exercise of
         the options or rights related to such securities.

                           (ii)  "Additional  Stock"  shall  mean any  shares of
Common  Stock  issued  (or deemed to have been  issued  pursuant  to  Subsection
7(e)(i)(E))  by the Company  after the date  Series A  Preferred  Stock is first
issued ("Issuance Date"), other than

                                    (A)  Common  Stock  issued   pursuant  to  a
transaction described in Subsection 7(e)(iii) hereof,

                                    (B) Any shares of Common  Stock  issuable or
issued to  directors,  employees  or  consultants  of the  Company  directly  or
pursuant to a stock option or other plan, and

                                    (C) Common  Stock  issued or  issuable  upon
conversion of any outstanding Series A Preferred Stock.

                           (iii) If the Company  should at any time or from time
to time after the  Issuance  Date fix a record  date for the  effectuation  of a
split  or  subdivision  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  or  the
determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other
distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or
rights  convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or
indirectly,  additional  shares  of Common  Stock  (hereinafter  referred  to as
"Common Stock Equivalents")  without payment of any consideration by such holder
for the  additional  shares  of Common  Stock or the  Common  Stock  Equivalents
(including  the additional  shares of Common Stock  issuable upon  conversion or
exercise  thereof),  then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend,
distribution,  split or subdivision if no record date is fixed),  the applicable
Conversion  Price  of the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  shall  be  appropriately
decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of
each share of Series A Preferred  Stock shall be increased in proportion to such
increase of outstanding shares.

                           (iv)  If  the  number  of  shares  of  Common   Stock
outstanding at any time after the Issuance Date is decreased by a combination or
reverse stock split of the outstanding shares of Common Stock,  then,  following
the record date of such  combination  or reverse  stock  split,  the  applicable
Conversion  Price  of the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  shall  be  appropriately
increased so that

                                      A-7
<PAGE>

the number of shares of Common  Stock  issuable on  conversion  of each share of
Series A Preferred  Stock shall be decreased in  proportion  to such decrease in
outstanding shares.

                           (v) In case of any  consolidation  or  merger  of the
Company  with  or  into  another   corporation  or  the  conveyance  of  all  or
substantially all of the assets of the Company to another corporation,  adequate
provision  shall  be made  by the  Company  or by the  successor  or  purchasing
business entity so that each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall  thereafter
be  convertible  into the  number  of  shares  of stock or other  securities  or
property to which a holder of the number of shares of Common  Stock  deliverable
upon  conversion  of such  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  immediately  before  the
effectiveness  of such  consolidation,  merger or  conveyance,  would  have been
entitled upon such consolidation,  merger or conveyance;  and, in any such case,
appropriate  adjustment (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company)
shall be made in the application of the provisions herein set forth with respect
to the rights and  interest  thereafter  of the holder of the Series A Preferred
Stock,  to the end that the  provisions set forth herein  (including  provisions
with respect to changes in and other  adjustment of the Conversion  Price of the
Series  A  Preferred  Stock)  shall  thereafter  be  applicable,  as  nearly  as
reasonably  may be,  in  relation  to any  shares  of stock  or  other  property
thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock.

                  (f)  Other  Distributions.  If the  Company  shall  declare  a
distribution  payable to holders of Common Stock in securities of other persons,
evidences  of  indebtedness  issued  by the  Company  or other  persons,  assets
(excluding  cash  dividends)  or options or rights not referred to in Subsection
7(e)(iii),  then, in each such case for the purpose of this Subsection 7(f), the
holders of the Series A Preferred  Stock  shall be  entitled to a  proportionate
share of any such  distribution as though they were the holders of the number of
shares  of Common  Stock of the  Company  into  which  their  shares of Series A
Preferred   Stock  are   convertible  as  of  the  record  date  fixed  for  the
determination  of the holders of Common Stock of the Company entitled to receive
such distribution.

                  (g)  Recapitalizations.  If at any  time or from  time to time
there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision,
combination,  merger, sale of assets or other transaction provided for elsewhere
in this Section 7),  provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series A
Preferred  Stock shall  thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the
Series A Preferred  Stock the number of shares of stock or other  securities  or
property  of the  Company  or  otherwise,  to which a  holder  of  Common  Stock
deliverable  upon  conversion  immediately  before  the  effectiveness  of  such
recapitalization would have been entitled on such recapitalization.  In any such
case,  appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions
of this  Section 7 with  respect  to the  rights of the  holders of the Series A
Preferred  Stock after the  recapitalization  to the end that the  provisions of
this Section 7 (including  adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and
the number of shares  purchasable  upon  conversion  of the  Series A  Preferred
Stock)  shall be  applicable  after  that event as nearly  equivalent  as may be
practicable.

                  (h) No  Impairment.  The Company will not, by amendment of its
Certificate of  Incorporation or through any  reorganization,  recapitalization,
transfer  of  assets,  consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue  or  sale of
securities or any other voluntary action,  avoid or seek to avoid the observance
or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed  hereunder by the
Company,  but will at all times in good faith  assist in the carrying out of all
the provisions of this

                                      A-8
<PAGE>
Section  7 and in the  taking  of  all  such  action  as  may  be  necessary  or
appropriate  in order to protect  the  conversion  rights of the  holders of the
Series A Preferred Stock against impairment.

                  (i) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each
adjustment or  readjustment  of the  Conversion  Price of the Series A Preferred
Stock  pursuant to this Section 7, the Company,  at its expense,  shall promptly
compute such  adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and
prepare and furnish to each holder of Series A Preferred  Stock,  by first class
mail,  postage  prepaid,   a  certificate   setting  forth  such  adjustment  or
readjustment  and  showing in detail the facts  upon  which such  adjustment  or
readjustment is based, including a statement setting forth (A) the consideration
received or to be received by the  Company  for any  Additional  Stock,  (B) the
Conversion  Price then in effect,  and (C) the number of shares of Common  Stock
and the amount,  if any, of other  property  which at the time would be received
upon the conversion of a share of the Series A Preferred Stock.

                  (j) Notices of Record Date.  In the event of any taking by the
Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of
determining  the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other
than a cash  dividend)  or  other  distribution,  any  right to  subscribe  for,
purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  any  shares of stock of any class or any other
securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Company shall mail to
each  holder of Series A  Preferred  Stock,  at least 20 days  prior to the date
specified  therein,  a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to
be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount
and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

                  (k) Notices.  Any notice  required by the  provisions  of this
Section 7 to be given to the holder of shares of Series A Preferred  Stock shall
be deemed given when  personally  delivered to such holder or five business days
after the same has been  deposited  in the  United  States  mail,  certified  or
registered mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage prepaid,  and addressed to
each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of the Company.

                  (l) Effect of Conversion  After Certain  Record Dates.  If any
shares of Series A Preferred  Stock are  converted  into shares of Common  Stock
after the  record  date for the  happening  of any of the  events  described  in
subparagraphs  (i),  (ii) or (iii) of Section  7(e) but before the  happening of
such event the Company may defer, until the happening of such event, (i) issuing
to the holder of shares of Series A Preferred  Stock so converted  the shares of
Common Stock which he is entitled to receive because of the adjustments required
pursuant  to any such  subparagraph  and (ii)  paying to such holder any cash in
lieu of a fractional share pursuant to this Section 7.

                  (m)  Reservation of Stock  Issuable on  Conversion.  Shares of
Common Stock issued on conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be
issued as fully  paid  shares and shall be  nonassessable  by the  Company.  The
Company  shall,  at all times,  reserve  and keep  available  for the purpose of
effecting the conversion of the  outstanding  shares of Series A Preferred Stock
such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall be sufficient
to effect the conversion of all of the outstanding  shares of Series A Preferred
Stock.


                                      A-9
<PAGE>
                  Section 8. Transfer Restrictions.  The holder of any shares of
Series A  Preferred  Stock shall not  transfer  or purport to transfer  any such
shares  unless he shall have given to the  Company,  through its  Secretary,  at
least fifteen (15) business days' written notice of the proposed  transfer,  the
number of shares  proposed to be  transferred,  the price at which the  proposed
transfer is to be made, and the name of the prospective transferee.  During such
fifteen (15) business  days,  the Company shall have the sole option to exercise
its  right  of  redemption  consistent  with  the  terms  of  Section  5 of this
Certificate.

                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Comdial  Corporation  has  caused  this
Certificate  of  Designation  to be duly  executed  by William G.  Mustain,  its
President, and attested to by Wayne R. Wilver, its Secretary, and has caused the
corporate seal to be affixed hereto, this 1st day of February, 1994.

                                           COMDIAL CORPORATION



                                           By: /s/ William G. Mustain
                                               _____________________________
                                               William G. Mustain, President


(Corporate Seal)


ATTEST:


 /s/  Wayne R. Wilver
__________________________
Wayne R. Wilver, Secretary







                                      A-10

<PAGE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission